AT Commands Manual

301
N75 AT Commands Manual Issue 1.1 Date 2020-11-06

Transcript of AT Commands Manual

Page 1: AT Commands Manual

N75

AT Commands Manual

Issue 1.1 Date 2020-11-06

Page 2: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Copyright

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd ii

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 2020. All rights reserved.

No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior

written consent of Neoway Technology Co., Ltd.

is the trademark of Neoway Technology Co., Ltd.

All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective

holders.

Notice

This document provides guide for users to use N75.

This document is intended for system engineers (SEs), development engineers, and test engineers.

THIS GUIDE PROVIDES INSTRUCTIONS FOR CUSTOMERS TO DESIGN THEIR APPLICATIONS.

PLEASE FOLLOW THE RULES AND PARAMETERS IN THIS GUIDE TO DESIGN AND COMMISSION.

NEOWAY WILL NOT TAKE ANY RESPONSIBILITY OF BODILY HURT OR ASSET LOSS CAUSED BY

IMPROPER OPERATIONS.

THE INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE DUE TO

PRODUCT VERSION UPDATE OR OTHER REASONS.

EVERY EFFORT HAS BEEN MADE IN PREPARATION OF THIS DOCUMENT TO ENSURE ACCURACY

OF THE CONTENTS, BUT ALL STATEMENTS, INFORMATION, AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN THIS

DOCUMENT DO NOT CONSTITUTE A WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.

Neoway provides customers complete technical support. If you have any question, please contact your

account manager or email to the following email addresses:

[email protected]

[email protected]

Website: http://www.neoway.com

Page 3: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Contents

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd iii

Contents

1 AT Syntax................................................................................................. 13

1.1 Symbols ...................................................................................................................................... 13

1.2 Description ................................................................................................................................. 13

1.3 Command Types ........................................................................................................................ 14

2 General Commands ................................................................................ 15

2.1 ATI–Querying the Manufacturer Information ............................................................................ 15

2.2 AT+GMR–Querying the Software Version ................................................................................ 16

2.3 AT+CSQ–Querying Signal Quality ............................................................................................ 16

2.4 AT+CREG–Querying Network Registration Status .................................................................. 17

2.5 AT+CEREG–Querying EPS Network Registration Status ........................................................ 19

2.6 AT+COPS–Selecting and Registering a Network ..................................................................... 20

2.7 AT+CIMI–Querying the IMSI ..................................................................................................... 22

2.8 AT+CGSN–Querying IMEI ........................................................................................................ 23

2.9 AT+CCID–Obtaining the ICCID of the SIM Card ...................................................................... 24

2.10 AT+CGMM–Querying the Module Model ................................................................................ 24

2.11 AT+GMM–Querying the Module Model .................................................................................. 25

2.12 AT+IPR–Setting Baud Rate .................................................................................................... 26

2.13 AT+CFUN–Setting Module Functionality ................................................................................ 27

2.14 AT+CMUX–Activating Multiplexing Mode ............................................................................... 28

2.15 AT+CCLK–Clock ..................................................................................................................... 29

2.16 AT+CPIN–Entering PIN Code ................................................................................................. 30

2.17 AT+CLCK–Locking/Unlocking Module .................................................................................... 32

2.18 AT+CPWD–Modifying Password ............................................................................................ 33

2.19 AT+CGDCONT–Defining PDP Context .................................................................................. 35

2.20 AT+XGAUTH–PDP Authentication ......................................................................................... 36

2.21 AT+CGATT–Setting GPRS Attach and Detach ...................................................................... 37

2.22 ATE1/ATE0–Enabling & Disabling the Terminal Display ........................................................ 39

2.23 ATD*99#–GPRS Dialing Command ........................................................................................ 40

2.24 AT+ENPWRSAVE–Enabling or Disabling Sleep Mode .......................................................... 40

2.25 AT+SIGNAL–Setting Blinking Status Signal Indicator ............................................................ 41

2.26 AT+CUSD–Sending USSD Data ............................................................................................ 43

3 SMS Commands ..................................................................................... 45

3.1 AT+CSMS–Selecting SMS Services ........................................................................................ 45

3.2 AT+CPMS–Setting Preferred SMS Storage ............................................................................. 46

3.3 AT+CMGF–Setting SMS Inputting Mode .................................................................................. 47

3.4 AT+CSCS–Setting the TE Character Set ................................................................................. 48

Page 4: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Contents

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd iv

3.5 AT+CNMI–Setting SMS Indication Mode .................................................................................. 49

3.6 AT+CMGR–Reading SMS Messages ....................................................................................... 51

3.7 AT+CMGL– SMS Message List ................................................................................................. 54

3.8 AT+CMGS– Sending SMS Messages ........................................................................................ 58

3.9 AT+CMGW– Writing SMS Messages ......................................................................................... 59

3.10 AT+CMSS– Sending Messages from Storage ......................................................................... 60

3.11 AT+CMGD– Deleting SMS Messages ..................................................................................... 61

3.12 AT+CSCA– Setting SMS Center Number ................................................................................ 62

3.13 AT+CSMP– Setting Text Mode Parameters ............................................................................. 63

3.14 AT+CSDH– Displaying the Parameters of the Text Mode ........................................................ 64

3.15 AT+CSAS–Saving the Setting ................................................................................................ 65

4 TCP/UDP Client Commands ................................................................... 67

4.1 AT+NETAPN–Setting Network APN ......................................................................................... 67

4.2 AT+XIIC–Setting Up a PPP Link ............................................................................................... 68

4.3 AT+TCPSETUP–Setting Up TCP Connection .......................................................................... 69

4.4 AT+TCPSEND–Sending TCP Data .......................................................................................... 70

4.5 AT+RECVMODE–Setting Receive Mode ................................................................................. 72

4.6 AT+TCPRECV–Unsolicited TCP Data Output .......................................................................... 73

4.7 AT+TCPREAD–Reading TCP Data .......................................................................................... 74

4.8 AT+TCPCLOSE–Closing TCP Connection .............................................................................. 74

4.9 AT+UDPSETUP–Setting Up UDP Connection ......................................................................... 75

4.10 AT+UDPSEND–Sending UDP Data ....................................................................................... 77

4.11 AT+UDPRECV–Unsolicited UDP Data Ouput ........................................................................ 78

4.12 AT+UDPREAD–Reading UDP Data ....................................................................................... 79

4.13 AT+UDPCLOSE–Closing UDP Connection ............................................................................ 80

4.14 AT+IPSTATUS–Querying TCP/UDP Socket Status ................................................................ 81

4.15 AT+TCPACK–Querying Status of Data Sent by TCP Socket ................................................. 82

4.16 AT+DNSSERVER–Setting DNS Server ................................................................................. 83

4.17 AT+PDPKEEPALIVE–Setting PDP Keepalive Heartbeat ....................................................... 84

4.18 AT+PDPSTATUS–Querying PDP Status ................................................................................ 85

5 TCP Server Commands ........................................................................... 87

5.1 AT+TCPLISTEN–Setting TCP Listening for the Server ............................................................ 87

5.2 AT+CLOSELISTEN–Closing Socket Connection ..................................................................... 88

5.3 AT+CLOSECLIENT–Closing Remote Socket ........................................................................... 88

5.4 AT+TCPRECV(S)–Unsolicited TCP Data Output ..................................................................... 89

5.5 AT+TCPREADS–Reading TCP Data ........................................................................................ 90

5.6 AT+TCPSENDS–Sending Data to Client .................................................................................. 91

5.7 AT+CLIENTSTATUS–Querying Client Connection Status ....................................................... 92

5.8 AT+TCPACK–Querying Status of Data Sent by TCP Server ................................................... 93

6 Transparent TCP/UDP Commands ......................................................... 95

6.1 AT+TCPTRANS–Setting Up Transparent TCP Connection ..................................................... 95

6.2 AT+UDPTRANS–Setting Up Transparent UDP Connection .................................................... 96

6.3 AT+TCPACK–Querying Status of Data Sent by Transparent TCP Socket ............................... 98

Page 5: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Contents

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd v

6.4 AT+IPSTATUS–Querying TCP/UDP Socket Status .................................................................. 99

6.5 AT+TRANSCLOSE–Closing Transparent Socket..................................................................... 99

7 Transparent TCP Server Commands .................................................... 101

7.1 AT+TCPSRVTRANS–Setting Listening for Transparent TCP ................................................ 101

7.2 AT+CLIENTSTATUS–Querying Socket Status of Client ......................................................... 102

8 FTP Commands .................................................................................... 104

8.1 AT+FTPLOGIN–Logging in to the FTP Server ....................................................................... 104

8.2 AT+FTPLOGOUT–Logging Out from the FTP Server ............................................................ 105

8.3 AT+FTPGET–Downloading Data from the FTP Server .......................................................... 106

8.4 AT+FTPPUT–Uploading Data to the FTP Server ................................................................... 108

8.5 AT+FTPSTATUS–Querying FTP Link Status ........................................................................... 110

9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands ...................................................................... 111

9.1 AT+HTTPPARA–Setting HTTP Parameters ............................................................................ 111

9.2 AT+HTTPSETUP–Setting Up HTTP Connection .................................................................... 112

9.3 AT+HTTPACTION – Executing HTTP Request ........................................................................ 113

9.4 AT+HTTPCLOSE–Closing an HTTP Socket ........................................................................... 116

9.5 +HTTPRECV–Unsolicited HTTP Data Output ......................................................................... 117

9.6 +HTTPCLOSED–HTTP Socket Closed ................................................................................... 118

9.7 AT+HTTPSCFG–Configuring SSL Parameters for HTTPS ..................................................... 119

9.8 AT+HTTPSPARA–Setting HTTPS Parameters ...................................................................... 120

9.9 AT+HTTPSSETUP–Setting up HTTPS Connection ............................................................... 121

9.10 AT+HTTPSACTION–Executing HTTPS Request ................................................................. 122

9.11 AT+HTTPSCLOSE–Closing HTTPS Socket ........................................................................ 125

9.12 AT+HTTPSRECV–Unsolicited HTTPS Data Output ............................................................ 125

9.13 +HTTPSCLOSED–HTTPS Link Closed Report ..................................................................... 127

9.14 AT+HTTPOPEN–Setting up HTTP Connection .................................................................... 127

9.15 AT+HTTPREQ–HTTP Request ............................................................................................ 128

9.16 AT+HTTPCLS–Closing HTTP Connection ........................................................................... 129

9.17 AT+HTTPRSP–Receiving HTTP Data .................................................................................. 130

9.18 AT+HTTPRSP–Reading HTTP Data .................................................................................... 131

9.19 +HTTPCLS–HTTP Connection Closed ................................................................................ 132

9.20 AT+HTTPSCFGA–Configuring HTTPS Parameters ............................................................ 133

9.21 AT+HTTPSOPEN–Setting up HTTPS Connection ............................................................... 134

9.22 AT+HTTPSREQ–HTTPS Request .......................................................................................... 135

9.23 AT+HTTPSCLS–Closing HTTPS Connection ...................................................................... 136

9.24 +HTTPSRSP–Receiving HTTPS Data ................................................................................. 136

9.25 AT+HTTPRSP–Reading HTTPS Data .................................................................................. 137

9.26 AT+HTTPSCLS–HTTPS Connection Closed ....................................................................... 138

10 Call Control Commands ...................................................................... 140

10.1 ATD–Dialing Command ........................................................................................................ 140

10.2 AT+CDV–Dialing Command (EVDO/CDMA) ........................................................................ 141

10.3 ATA–Call Answering .............................................................................................................. 142

Page 6: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Contents

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd vi

10.4 ATH–Hanging Up Calls ......................................................................................................... 142

10.5 AT+CHV–Hanging Up Call (EVDO/CDMA) .......................................................................... 143

10.6 AT+CLIP–Caller ID ............................................................................................................... 144

10.7 ATS0–Auto-Answer .............................................................................................................. 145

10.8 AT+CLVL–Setting the Voice Volume .................................................................................... 146

10.9 AT+CMUT–Mute Control ...................................................................................................... 147

10.10 AT+MICL–MIC Volume Control .......................................................................................... 148

10.11 AT+AUDIN–Switching Audio Input Channel ....................................................................... 149

10.12 AT+AUDOUT–Switching Audio Output Channel ................................................................ 150

10.13 AT+CLCC–Querying Current Calls ..................................................................................... 151

10.14 AT+REMAUDIO– Setting Remote Audio Playing ............................................................... 152

11 SSL TCP Data Service ......................................................................... 154

11.1 AT+SSLTCPCFG–Configuring SSL Parameters for TCP ..................................................... 154

11.2 AT+SSLTCPSETUP–Setting up TCP Connection over SSL ................................................ 155

11.3 AT+SSLTCPCLOSE–Closing TCP Connection over SSL .................................................... 157

11.4 AT+SSLTCPSEND–Sending TCP Data over SSL ................................................................ 158

11.5 +SSLTCPRECV–Unsolicited SSLTCP Data Output ............................................................. 159

11.6 AT+CERTADD–Writing SSL Certificate ................................................................................ 159

11.7 AT+CERTCHECK–Checking SSL Certificate ....................................................................... 160

11.8 AT+CERTDEL–Deleting SSL Certificate .............................................................................. 161

11.9 AT+SSLTCPCFGA–Configuring SSL Parameters for TCP .................................................. 162

11.10 AT+SSLTCPREAD–Reading SSL TCP Data ...................................................................... 163

12 MQTT Commands ............................................................................... 165

12.1 AT+MQTTTLS–Configuring TLS Parameters ....................................................................... 165

12.2 AT+MQTTCONNPARAM–Setting User Parameters ............................................................ 166

12.3 AT+MQTTWILLPARAM–Will Settings .................................................................................. 167

12.4 AT+MQTTWILLMSG–Setting Long Will Messages .............................................................. 168

12.5 AT+MQTTCONN–Connection Command ............................................................................. 169

12.6 AT+MQTTSUB–Subscription ................................................................................................ 169

12.7 AT+MQTTUNSUB–Unsubscription ....................................................................................... 170

12.8 AT+MQTTPUB–Publishing Topic .......................................................................................... 171

12.9 AT+MQTTPUBS–Publishing Topic ....................................................................................... 172

12.10 AT+MQTTDISCONN–Disconnecting to the MQTT Server ................................................. 173

12.11 +MQTTSUB–Receiving Topic Content ............................................................................... 173

12.12 AT+MQTTSTATE–Querying MQTT Connection Status: ..................................................... 174

13 AWS MQTT Commands ...................................................................... 176

13.1 AT+AWSTLSCFG–Configuring AWS TLS Parameters ........................................................ 176

13.2 AT+AWSAUTHPARAM–Setting User Parameters ............................................................... 177

13.3 AT+AWSCONNPARAM–Setting AWS Connection Parameters ........................................... 178

13.4 AT+AWSCONN–Connection Command ............................................................................... 178

13.5 AT+AWSSUB–Subscribing to Topic ...................................................................................... 179

13.6 AT+AWSUNSUB–Canceling a Subscription ......................................................................... 180

Page 7: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Contents

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd vii

13.7 AT+AWSPUB–Publishing Topic ............................................................................................ 181

13.8 AT+AWSDISCONN–Disconnecting to the AWS MQTT Server ............................................ 182

13.9 +AWSSUBRECV–Receiving Topic Content ......................................................................... 182

13.10 AT+AWSSTATE–Querying MQTT Status ........................................................................... 183

14 Microsoft Hub Commands ................................................................... 184

14.1 AT+ACLOUDSETUP–Setting up Connection with Cloud ..................................................... 184

14.2 AT+ACLOUDSETMSG–Setting Message Format ................................................................ 185

14.3 AT+ACLOUDEVSEND–Sending Message ........................................................................... 186

14.4 AT+ACLOUDEVSENDL–Sending Message ......................................................................... 187

14.5 AT+ACLOUDSTATE – Querying the Connection Status ........................................................ 188

14.6 AT+ACLOUDDISCONN–Closing a Connection ................................................................... 189

14.7 +ACLOUDSTATUS–Reporting the Connection Status Change ........................................... 189

14.8 +ACLOUDMSG–Receiving a Message from the Server ...................................................... 190

14.9 +ACLOUDDESIRED–Receiving the Change Notification of DEVICE TWIN DESIRED

PROPERTIES ................................................................................................................................ 191

14.10 AT+ACLOUDTWINREPORT–Uploading Device Twin Data ............................................... 192

14.11 +ACLOUDREPORTSTATUS–Receiving the Device Twin Data Upload Result ................. 194

14.12 +ACLOUDRPCCALL–Receiving RPC Request from the Server ....................................... 195

14.13 AT+ACLOUDRPCRESP–Responding to the RPC Request of the Server ......................... 195

15 GPS Commands .................................................................................. 197

15.1 AT$MYGPSPWR–Switching GPS ........................................................................................ 197

15.2 AT$MYGPSSTATE–Querying GPS Status ........................................................................... 198

15.3 AT$MYGPSPOS–Obtaining NMEA Data ............................................................................. 198

15.4 AT$MYGNSSSEL–Enabling an Aid GNSS System .............................................................. 203

15.5 AT$MYGNSSMSG–Obtaining Positioning Data of Aid GNSS System ................................ 204

15.6 AT+XTRAOPEN–Enabling/Disabling XTRA Aid Positioning ................................................ 205

15.7 AT+XTRASEND–Writing XTRA Data to Cache .................................................................... 205

15.8 AT+XTRAINJECTDATA–Injecting XTRA Data ..................................................................... 206

15.9 AT+XTRAINJECTTIME–Injecting XTRA Time ...................................................................... 207

15.10 AT+AGPSOPEN–Setting APN of AGPS ............................................................................. 208

15.11 AT+SETSERVER–Setting AGPS Server ............................................................................ 208

15.12 AT+GPSDEL–Clearing GPS Data ...................................................................................... 209

15.13 AT$MYGPSCFG–Setting GPS ........................................................................................... 210

16 DTMF Commands ............................................................................... 212

16.1 AT+VTS–Sending DTMF Tone ............................................................................................. 212

16.2 AT+DTMFDETECT–Enabling DTMF Detection .................................................................... 213

17 GSM Location Command .................................................................... 215

17.1 AT+CIPGSMLOC–Obtaining the Location of the Module ..................................................... 215

17.2 AT+SERVINFO–Query Server Information .......................................................................... 217

17.3 AT+POSI–Querying Base Station Information...................................................................... 218

18 ADC Temperature Collection Command .............................................. 220

18.1 AT$MYADCTEMP–Querying Environment Temperature ..................................................... 220

Page 8: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Contents

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd viii

19 Time Synchronization Commands ....................................................... 221

19.1 AT+UPDATETIME–Updating Time to Network ..................................................................... 221

20 Network Sharing Commands ............................................................... 225

20.1 AT+NETSHAREACT–Enabling Network Sharing ................................................................. 225

20.2 AT$QCRMCALL–RMNET Dialup ......................................................................................... 226

21 Statistics on Data Traffic ...................................................................... 229

21.1 AT+FLOWCALC–Statistics on Total Data Traffic .................................................................. 229

21.2 AT+RATECALC–Statistics on Transient Traffic .................................................................... 230

22 SIM Card Operating Commands ......................................................... 231

22.1 AT+CCHO–Enabling Logical Channel of SIM Card ............................................................. 231

22.2 AT+CCHC–Disabling Logical Channel of SIM Card ............................................................. 232

22.3 AT+CGLA–Sending APDU Command .................................................................................. 232

22.4 AT+SIMCARDCONFIG–Enabling/Disabling SIM Card ........................................................ 233

23 SIM Card Information .......................................................................... 235

23.1 AT+SPN–Reading SPN from SIM EF ................................................................................... 235

23.2 AT+CPINR–Querying Retries of PIN/PUK ............................................................................ 236

24 NITZ Commands ................................................................................. 237

24.1 AT+CTZU–Automatic Time Zone Update ............................................................................. 237

24.2 AT+CTZR–Reporting Time Zone Changes ........................................................................... 238

25 LWM2M Function Commands ............................................................. 240

25.1 AT+NLWSERV–LWM2M Server Parameter Configuration ................................................... 240

25.2 AT+NLWCONF–Configuring the LWM2M Connection Parameters ...................................... 241

25.3 AT+NLWDTLSCFG –Configuring the LWM2M Encrypted Connection Parameters ............. 241

25.4 AT+NLWADDOBJ–Adding an LWM2M Object ..................................................................... 243

25.5 AT+NLWDELOBJ– Deleting an LWM2M Object ................................................................... 244

25.6 AT+NLWOPEN–Setting up LWM2M Connection .................................................................. 244

25.7 AT+NLWUPDATE–Updating LWM2M Data .......................................................................... 245

25.8 AT+NLWDATASEND–Sending LWM2M Data ...................................................................... 246

25.9 AT+NLWDATASTATUS – Querying LWM2M Sending Status ................................................ 247

25.10 AT+NLWDATASEND–Reading LWM2M Data .................................................................... 248

25.11 AT+NLWSTATUS – Querying LWM2M Connection Status .................................................. 248

25.12 AT+NLWCLOSE–Closing LWM2M Connection .................................................................. 249

25.13 AT+NLWCFG–ConfiguringLWM2M Optional Parameters .................................................. 250

25.14 AT+NLWOBSERVE–Unsolicited Report of Observation Mode .......................................... 251

25.15 AT+NLWDATARECV–Unsolicited Report of Data Reception ............................................. 252

25.16 AT+NLWDATASET–Setting Data ........................................................................................ 253

26 FOTA Command .................................................................................. 255

26.1 AT+NEOFOTA–FOTA Command ......................................................................................... 255

27 Other AT Commands ........................................................................... 257

27.1 AT$MYPOWEROFF–Powering Off the Module ................................................................... 257

27.2 AT$MYSOCKETLED–Controlling the Indicator of Socket Status ......................................... 257

Page 9: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Contents

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd ix

27.3 AT$MYGMR–Obtaining the Version Information of the Module ........................................... 258

27.4 AT$MYCCID–Obtaining the CCID of the SIM Card .............................................................. 259

27.5 AT$MYTYPE–Querying the Type of the Module .................................................................. 260

27.6 AT$MYMODEM (Standards for Canton)–Querying the Type of the Module ........................ 261

27.7 AT$MYBCCH–Locking BCCH Channel ................................................................................ 262

27.8 AT$MYBAND–Locking GSM Band ....................................................................................... 263

27.9 AT$MYLACID–Querying Current LAC and CELL_ID ........................................................... 264

27.10 AT$MYCGED–Querying Current Channel, RX Power and TX Power ............................... 265

27.11 AT$MYSYSINFO–Querying or Locking the Network Mode ............................................... 266

27.12 AT$MYSYSINFOURC–Enabling/Disabling Network Mode Report .................................... 267

27.13 AT$MYURCSYSINFO–Enabling/Disabling Network Mode Report .................................... 268

27.14 AT$MYURCSYSINFO–Unsolicited Network Mode Report ................................................ 269

27.15 AT$MYNETINFO–Setting Network Mode Choices ............................................................. 270

27.16 AT+GTUMODE–TD-Enabling/Disabling TD-SCDMA Mode ............................................... 271

27.17 AT$MYNETAUTO–Enabling/Disabling the Default AUTO Network Modes during Startup 272

27.18 AT^SYSCONFIG–Setting Network Mode Choices ............................................................. 273

27.19 AT^SYSINFO–Obtaining System Information .................................................................... 275

27.20 AT+XISP–Selecting Internal or External Protocol Stack .................................................... 276

27.21 AT+NRSP–Querying RSRP, RSRQ, SINR of Cells in a Neighbor of a Serving Cell on LTE

Network .......................................................................................................................................... 277

27.22 AT$MYANTAUX–Controlling Divergent Antenna ................................................................ 278

27.23 AT+NETMSG–Querying Network Registration Information ................................................ 279

27.24 AT+NETSEL–Setting Network Mode .................................................................................. 281

27.25 AT+NETDMSG–Querying Network Registration Information ............................................. 283

27.26 AT+SIMCOUNTCTL–Enabling/Disabling Statistics on SIM Card Write ............................. 286

27.27 AT+SIMCOUNTREAD–Reading the Statistics on SIM Card Write .................................... 287

27.28 AT+READADC–Reading ADC Value .................................................................................. 288

27.29 AT+SIMHOTSWAP–Setting SIM Card Hotswap ................................................................ 289

27.30 AT+MYDATAONLY–Disabling CS Services ........................................................................ 290

27.31 AT+BANDLOCK–Locking to Band ...................................................................................... 291

27.32 AT+NBANDLOCK–Locking Multiple Bands ........................................................................ 292

27.33 AT+NSIMLOCK–Locking SIM ............................................................................................. 294

A Reference Process of AT Command Programming ............................... 296

A.1 Content of PDU SMS Messages ............................................................................................. 296

A.2 Flowchart of Sending Text SMS Messages (Through UART) ................................................. 298

A.3 Flowchart of Sending PDU SMS Messages (Through UART) ................................................ 299

B Support Band List .................................................................................. 300

Page 10: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

About This Document

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd x

About This Document

Scope

This document is applicable to N75.

Audience

This document is intended for system engineers (SEs), development engineers, and test engineers.

Change History

Issue Date Change Changed By

1.0 2019-12 Initial draft Feng Yan

1.1 2020-09

⚫ Added the Microsoft hub commands

⚫ Added the description of +NSIMLOCK that it supports

20 PLMN.

⚫ Modified the parameters and examples of

+RECVMODE.

⚫ Modified the return value of +AWSPUB.

⚫ Modified the example of +SSLTCPSEND.

⚫ Added the IPV6 relative settings and return values.

⚫ +CGDCONT, +XIIC, +TCPSETUP, +UDPSETUP,

+TCPLISTEN, +TCPTRANS, +UDPTRANS,

+TCPSRVTRANS, +HTTPPARA, +HTTPSPARA

⚫ Added the AT commands related to LWM2M 1.1.

⚫ Deleted the commands related to the ID2 function.

⚫ Added the +NEOFTPFOTA command

⚫ Modified the note of CNMI

⚫ Modified the examples of +GMR

⚫ Modified the examples of +HTTPSETUP

⚫ Modified the examples of +UDPTRANS and

+TCPTRANS.

⚫ Modified the note of +MYDATAONLY.

⚫ Modified part of the 3GPP commands format and

examples.

Zhao Liang

Page 11: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

About This Document

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd xi

Conventions

Symbol Indication

This warning symbol means danger. You are in a situation that could cause fatal

device damage or even bodily damage.

Means reader be careful. In this situation, you might perform an action that could

result in module or product damages.

Means note or tips for readers to use the module

Related Documents

Neoway_N75_Datasheet

Neoway_N75_Product_Specifications

Neoway_N75_HW_User_Guide

Neoway_N75_EVK_User_Guide

Page 12: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Boot LOG Instruction

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 12

Boot LOG Instruction

The UART outputs +PBREADY after the phonebook is available.

If the module is booted in automatic baudrate detection mode, send AT 10 seconds after the module is

powered up to check if the AT function is initialized. The UART responds with OK if AT is initialized and

outputs +PBREADY after the phonebook is available.

Network indicator status

⚫ Off: No network found.

⚫ On: the module finds a network and the PDP context is not activated.

⚫ Blinks (on for 0.2 seconds and off for 1.8 seconds): the PDP context is activated successfully.

Page 13: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 1 AT Syntax

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 13

1 AT Syntax

1.1 Symbols

⚫ <CR>: carriage return character

⚫ <LF>: linefeed character

⚫ <..>: parameter name, the angle brackets do not appear in the command line.

⚫ [..]: optional parameter, the square brackets do not appear in the command line.

⚫ : space

1.2 Description

Prefix

AT or at

Command Line

Standard commands, in compliance with 3GPP 27007, 27005and ITU-T Recommendation V.250.

Extended commands, defined by Neoway

Joint Mark

+ or $, used between the prefix and a command line

Termination Character

<CR>, i.e. 0x0D

Response Syntax

<CR><LF>response<CR><LF>

Page 14: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 1 AT Syntax

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 14

Response can be one or multiple messages.

Result Syntax

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF> indicates that a command is executed successfully.

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>indicates that a command fails to be executed.

1.3 Command Types

Type Syntax Response Function

Set AT+CMD=<VALUE><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Store a value or

values for later use

Execute AT+CMD[=<VALUE>]<CR>

[<CR><LF>response]

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Invoke a function of

the module.

Test AT+CMD=?<CR> [<CR><LF>response]

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Determine the range

of parameter values

or parameter lengths

that are supported

Query AT+CMD?<CR> [<CR><LF>response]

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Determine the current

value or values stored

Unsolicited

report

<CR><LF>+CMD:

<VALUE><CR><LF> N/A

Report the status

change and data

receiving

Remarks Symbols are not displayed in AT commands. All commands comply with the rules in this

chapter.

Page 15: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 2 General Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 15

2 General Commands

2.1 ATI–Querying the Manufacturer Information

To query the manufacturer information, including manufacturer, model, and version

Format

Type Command Response

Execute ATI<CR>

<CR><LF><manufacturer>

<CR><LF><module_version>

<CR><LF><soft_version><CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<manufacturer> module manufacturer

<module_version> module model

<soft_version> software version

Example

ATI

NEOWAY

N75

V003

OK

Manufacturer

Module model

Version

Page 16: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 2 General Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 16

2.2 AT+GMR–Querying the Software Version

To query the software version.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+GMR<CR> <CR><LF>+GMR: <reversion><CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<reversion> software version

Example

AT+GMR

N75_D0B0CM_BZ_V003

OK

Query

2.3 AT+CSQ–Querying Signal Quality

To query the receiving signal strength indication (RSSI) and bit error rate (BER) of the channel.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+CSQ<CR> <CR><LF>+CSQ: <signal>,<ber><CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Page 17: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 2 General Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 17

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300ms.

Parameter

<signal> The following table shows the relationship between the CSQ and the RSSI.

signal Rssi

0 <4 or 99 <-107dBm or unknown

1 <10 <-93dBm

2 <16 <-71 dBm

3 <22 <-69 dBm

4 <28 <-57 dBm

5 >=28 >=-57 dBm

<ber> 0...7 Refer to the value of RXQUAL in the table of GSM 05.08 8.2.4.

99 Not known or not detectable

Example

AT+CSQ

+CSQ: 19,2

OK

Query the strength of the current signal.

2.4 AT+CREG–Querying Network Registration Status

To query the network registration status of the module

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+CREG=[<n>]<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT+CREG?<CR>

<CR><LF>+CREG:

<n><stat>[,<lac>,<ci>[,<Act>]]<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Page 18: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 2 General Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 18

Test AT+CREG=?<CR> <CR><LF>+CREG: (list of supported <n>s)<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300ms.

Parameter

<n> Specifies whether to enable unsolicited result codes for network registration.

0: disable network registration unsolicited result code (default).

1: enable network registration unsolicited result code +CREG: <stat>.

2: enable network registration unsolicited result code with location information (Cell ID, Local

ID) +CREG: <stat>[,[<lac>],[<ci>],[<AcT>]]

<stat> Network registration status

0: not registered, the module is not currently searching for an operator to register to

1: registered with a home network

2: not registered, but the module is currently trying to attach or searching for an operator to

register to

3: registration denied

4. unknown code

5: registered, roaming

<lac> Two-byte location area code in hexadecimal format, string type

<ci> Four-byte cell ID in hexadecimal format, string type

<Act> The access technology of the serving cell, integer type

0: GSM

1: GSM compact

2: UTRAN

3: GSM w/EGPRS

4: UTRAN w/HSDPA

5: UTRAN w/HSUPA

6: UTRAN w/HSDPA and w/HSUPA

7: E-UTRAN

8: UTRAN w/HSPA+

Example

AT+CREG=1

OK

Enable unsolicited codes of network registration.

AT+CREG?

+CREG: 0,1

OK

Query the network registration status of the module.

Page 19: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 2 General Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 19

AT+CREG=?

+CREG: (0-2)

OK

Query the value range of the network registration status parameter.

2.5 AT+CEREG–Querying EPS Network Registration

Status

To query the EPS network registration status of the module

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+CEREG=<n><CR> <CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Query AT+CEREG?<CR>

<CR><LF>+CEREG:

<stat>[,[<tac>],[<ci>],[<AcT>][,,[,[<Active-Time>],[<Periodic

-TAU>]]]]

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Test AT+CEREG=?<CR> <CR><LF>+CEREG: (list of supported<n>s)

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300ms.

Parameter

<n> Specifies whether to enable network registration unsolicited result code.

0: disable network registration unsolicited result code (default).

1: enable network registration unsolicited result code.

2: enable network registration and location information (Cell ID, Local ID) unsolicited

result code

4: enable network registration unsolicited result codes containing Active-Time and

Periodic-TAU

<stat> Network status

0: not registered, the module is not currently searching for a new operator to register

1: registered to the home network

2: not registered, but the module is currently trying to searching for a base station

3: registration denied

4. Unknown code

Page 20: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 2 General Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 20

5: registered, roaming

<tac> Two-byte tracking area code in hexadecimal format, string type

<ci> Four-byte cell ID in hexadecimal format, string type

<Act> the access technology of the serving cell, integer type

0: GSM

1: GSM compact

2: UTRAN

3: GSM w/EGPRS

4: UTRAN w/HSDPA

5: UTRAN w/HSUPA

6: UTRAN w/HSDPA and HSUPA

7: E-UTRAN

Example

AT+CEREG?

+CEREG: 0,1

OK

Query the network registration status of the module.

AT+CEREG=1

OK

Enable network registration unsolicited code.

AT+CEREG=?

+CEREG: (0-2,4)

OK

Query the value range of the network registration status

parameter.

2.6 AT+COPS–Selecting and Registering a Network

To select and register a network.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+COPS=[<mode>[,<format>[,<oper>

>[,<AcT>]]]]<CR>

<CR><LF>+GMR: <reversion>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Query AT+COPS?<CR> <CR><LF>+COPS:<mode>[,<format>,<op

er>[,<AcT>]]

Test AT+COPS=?<CR>

<CR><LF>+COPS: [list of supported

(<stat>,long alphanumeric <oper>,short

alphanumeric <oper>,numeric

<oper>[,<AcT>])s][,,(list of

Page 21: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 2 General Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 21

supported<mode>s),(list of supported

<format>s)]<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<mode> To set automatic network selection or manual selection:

0: Automatic selection (ignore the parameter <per>)

1: Manual selection

2: Deregister from the network

3: Set <format>only

4: Manual/automatic selection (if the manual selection fails, automatic mode starts)

<format> 0: Long alphanumeric <oper> (default value)

1: Short format alphanumeric <oper>

2: Numeric <oper>

<oper> It is given in <format>. This field may be in 16-character long alphanumeric format,

8-characters short alphanumeric format, or 5-character numeric format (MCC/MNC).

<AcT> indicates the radio access technology and its value can be 0, 1, and 2.

0: GSM

1: GSM compact

2: UTRAN

3: GSM w/EGPRS

4: UTRAN w/HSDPA

5: UTRAN w/HSUPA

6: UTRAN w/HSDPA and HSUPA

7: E-UTRAN

9: CDMA

Example

AT+COPS=0,0

OK Automatic network selection is enabled. Long alphanumeric mode.

AT+COPS=0,2

OK Set to digital mode

AT+COPS?

+COPS: 0,0,"CHINAMOBILE",7

OK

China Mobile

AT+COPS?

+COPS: 0,2,"46000",7 If it is set to digital mode, get the number 46000

Page 22: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 2 General Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 22

OK

AT+COPS?

+COPS: 0,0,"CHINAUNICOM",7

OK

China Unicom

AT+COPS?

+COPS: 0,2,"46001",7

OK

If it is set to digital mode, then get the number 46001.

AT+COPS?

+COPS: 0,0,"CHINA TELECOM",9

OK

If it is set to digital mode, then get the number 46001.

AT+COPS?

+COPS: 0,2,46011,9

OK

If it is set to digital mode, then get the number 46011.

AT+COPS=2

OK Deregister the network.

2.7 AT+CIMI–Querying the IMSI

To query the international mobile subscriber identification (IMSI).

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+CIMI<CR>

<CR><LF><IMSI><CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<IMSI> The international mobile subscriber identification.

A character string of 15 digits and starts with 3-bits of MCC and 2-bits of MNC. It is

used to authenticate the SIM card.

Page 23: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 2 General Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 23

Example

AT+CIMI

460020188385503

OK

Obtain the IMSI number.

AT+CIMI

ERROR

Query the IMSI.

No SIM card is installed.

2.8 AT+CGSN–Querying IMEI

To query the International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI) of the module.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+CGSN<CR> <CR><LF><IMEI><CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300ms.

Parameter

<IMEI> International Mobile Equipment Identity, a character string of 15 digits.

Example

AT+GSN

355897043139120

OK

On a 3GPP2 network, the return code is an 8-digit ESN.

Page 24: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 2 General Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 24

2.9 AT+CCID–Obtaining the ICCID of the SIM Card

To obtain the integrated circuit card identifier (ICCID) of the SIM card

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+CCID<CR>

<CR><LF>+CCID:<ICCID><CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300ms.

Parameter

<ICCID> SIM card ID, a string of 20 digits.

Example

AT+CCID

+CCID:89860002190810001367

OK

Read command

AT+CCID

ERROR

Read command

The SIM card is not inserted.

2.10 AT+CGMM–Querying the Module Model

To query the module model

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+CGMM<CR> <CR><LF><model><CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Page 25: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 2 General Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 25

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<model> module model

Example

AT+CGMM

N75

OK

Query the product model.

2.11 AT+GMM–Querying the Module Model

To query the the module model.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+GMM<CR> <CR><LF><model><CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

N/A

Example

AT+GMM

N75

OK

Query the product model.

Page 26: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 2 General Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 26

2.12 AT+IPR–Setting Baud Rate

To set the baud rate of the module. The default baud rate is 0, indicating automatic baud rate

detection.

The setting by this command is not saved after the module is powered down.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+IPR=<baud rate><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT+IPR?<CR> <CR><LF>+IPR: <baud rate>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Test AT+IPR=?<CR>

<CR><LF>+IPR: (list of supported <baud rate>s)

<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<baud rate> The value can be

0,300,600,1200,2400,4800,9600,19200,38400,57600,115200,230400,460800,

921600.

Example

AT+IPR=115200

OK Set the baud rate to 115200 bps.

AT+IPR?

+IPR: 115200

OK

Query the current baud rate.

AT+IPR=?

+IPR:

0,2400,4800,9600,14400,19200,28800,33600,38400,57600

,115200,2166666

OK

Query the available baud rate range.

Page 27: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 2 General Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 27

AT+IPR=100

ERROR

Set the baud rate to 100.

The value is not allowed

2.13 AT+CFUN–Setting Module Functionality

To select the level of functionality of the module by setting <fun>.

The settings are not be saved after the module is powered down.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+CFUN=[<fun>[,<rst>]]<CR>

<CR><LF>+CFUN: (list of supported <fun>s),(list of

supported <rst>s)

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT+CFUN?<CR> <CR><LF>+CFUN:<fun>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Test AT+CFUN=?

<CR><LF>+CFUN: (list of supported <fun>s),(range

of supported <rst>)

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<fun> power saving function mode

0: turn off radio and SIM power

1: Full functionality (default)

4: Turn off the TX and RX circuits (Flight mode)

<rst> Specifies whether to restart the module

0: do not reset the module before setting it to <fun> power level

1: reset the module before setting it to <fun> power level

Page 28: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 2 General Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 28

Example

AT+CFUN=1

OK Set full functionality.

AT+CFUN?

+CFUN: 1

OK

Query current function level.

Full functionality

AT+CFUN=?

+CFUN: (0-1,4) ,(0-1)

OK

Query available parameter value ranges.

2.14 AT+CMUX–Activating Multiplexing Mode

To activate multiplexing mode.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute

AT+CMUX=<mode>[,<subset>[,

<port_speed>[,<N1>[,<T1>[,<N2

>[,<T2>[,<T3>[,<k>]]]]]]]]<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Test AT+CMUX=?<CR>

<CR><LF>+CMUX: (list of supported

<mode>values),(list of supported <subset>

values),(value range of<port_speed>),(value range

of<N1>),(value range of<T1>),(value range

of<N2>),(value range of<T2>),(value range

of<T3>),(value range of<k>)<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<mode> The mode of MUX that is enabled, integer type

0: Basic option (default value)

1: Advanced option (not supported)

<subset> Subset of frame format, integer type

0: UIH frames used only (default value)

Page 29: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 2 General Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 29

1: UI frames used only (not supported currently)

1: UI frames

used only (not

supported

currently)

UART port rate, integer type

1: 9600bit/s

2: 19200bit/s

3: 38400bit/s

4: 57600bit/s

5: 115200bit/s (default)

6: 230400bit/s

<N1> Maximum frame size. Integer type, ranging from 1 to 1509. The default value is

31. For Advanced option, the default value is 64.

<T1> Acknowledgement timer in unite of ten milliseconds, integer type, ranging from 1

to 255, where 10 is default (equal to 100 ms).

<N2> Maximum number of re-transmissions, integer type, ranging from 0 to 5. The

default value is 3.

<T2> response timer for the multiplexer control channel in units of ten milliseconds,

integer type. Ranging from 2 to 255. The default value is 30 (300 ms).

<T3> Wake up response timer in seconds, integer type. Not supported.

<k> window size, integer type. Not supported

Example

Example AT+CMUX=0

OK

AT+CMUX?

ERROR

AT+CMUX=2

ERROR

The parameter value exceeds

available range

AT+CMUX=0,0,,512,254,5,255

OK Basic option.

AT+CMUX=0,0,,512,254,5,255

OK

Advanced option.

Not supported

AT+CMUX=?

+CMUX:

(0),(0),(1-6),(16-1509),(1-255),(0-100),(2-255),(1-255),(1-7)

OK

Query the available range of

parameters.

AT+CMUX?

ERROR Incorrect command syntax.

2.15 AT+CCLK–Clock

To set and query the real-time clock.

The setting by this command is saved after the module is powered down.

The default clock is GMT+0.

Page 30: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 2 General Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 30

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+CCLK=<time><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT+CCLK?<CR> <CR><LF>+CCLK: <time><CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<time> Character string in format of "YY/MM/DD,hh:mm:ss[+TZ]".

TZ: Two digits, indicating the time lag between the local time and the GMT time. This

information is optional because it can be displayed only when the network supports it.

Example

AT+CCLK="08/07/01,14:54:01"

OK Set the real-time clock of the module.

AT+CCLK?

+CCLK: "08/07/01,14:54:10"

OK

Query the setting of the real-time clock.

AT+CCLK=14/07/02,10:48:50

ERROR Incorrect command syntax.

2.16 AT+CPIN–Entering PIN Code

To query the PIN status and enter PIN code.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+CPIN=<pin>[,<newpin>]<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Page 31: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 2 General Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 31

Query AT+CPIN?<CR> <CR><LF>+CPIN: <code><CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<code> READY: No password

SIM PIN: Enter PIN code.

SIM PUK: Enter PUK code.

SIM PIN2: Enter PIN2 code.

SIM PUK2: Enter PUK2 code.

Example

AT+CPIN?

+CPIN:READY

OK

Query whether PIN code is required.

No password is required.

AT+CPIN?

+CPIN: SIM PIN

OK

AT+CPIN="1234"

OK

PBREADY

Query whether PIN code is required.

Required

Input correct PIN code.

Unlock

AT+CPIN?

+CPIN: SIM PUK

OK

AT+CPIN="12345678","4321"

OK

PBREADY

PUK code is required if PIN code is input

incorrectly for three times

Input PUK code, and new PIN code.

Unlock

⚫ To enter PIN code, lock current SIM card (running AT+CLCK="SC",1,"1234") and then restart the module.

⚫ If PIN code is input incorrectly for three times, PUK is required to unlock.

Page 32: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 2 General Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 32

2.17 AT+CLCK–Locking/Unlocking Module

To lock, unlock or interrogate module.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+CLCK=<fac>,<mode>[,<

passwd>[,<class>]]<CR>

⚫ When <mode> =2:

<CR><LF>+CLCK: <status>[,<class1>

[<CR><LF>+CLCK:

<status>,<class2>[...]]<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

⚫ When <mode> is not equal to 2:

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Test AT+CLCK=?<CR> <CR><LF>+CLCK: (list of supported <fac> values)

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<fac> A pair of quotation marks are required for the value.

"OI": Outgoing international calls

"SC": SIM card

"AI": all incoming calls

"IR": incoming calls when roaming outside the homing place

"AO": All outgoing calls

"OX": All outgoing international calls except to the home country

"AB": all calling services

"AG": all outgoing call services

"AC": all incoming call services

"FD": SIM fixed dialing memory feature

"PS": lock phone to the SIM card

"PN": network authentication

"PU": network subsystem authentication

Page 33: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 2 General Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 33

"PP": service provider authentication

"PC": corporate authentication

<mode> 0: Unlock

1: Lock

2: Query the status

<status> 0: not active

1: active

<passwd> Password or code, string type. A pair of quotation marks are required for the

value.

<classx> 1: Voice service

2: Data service

4: Fax service

8: SMS

16: Synchronous data service

32: Asynchronous data service

64: Dedicated packet access

128: Dedicated PAD access

Example

AT+CLCK="SC",2

+CLCK: 0

OK

AT+CLCK=?

+CLCK:

("AB","AC","AG","AI","AO","IR","OI","OX","

SC","FD","PN","PU","PP","PC","PF")

OK

Query the network information related to the module.

AT+CLCK="SC",1,"1234"

OK

Lock the current SIM card. "1234" is the PIN code of

current SIM card.

AT+CLCK="SC",0,"1234"

OK

Unlock the current SIM card. "1234" is the PIN code of

current SIM card.

AT+CLCK="SC",1,"2222"

ERROR The PIN code is incorrect.

2.18 AT+CPWD–Modifying Password

To modify the password of the lock function of the module.

Format

Type Command Response

Page 34: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 2 General Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 34

Execute AT+CPWD=<fac>,<oldpwd>,<newpwd><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Test AT+CPWD=?<CR>

<CR><LF>+CPWD:(list of supported

(<fac>,<pwdlength>)s)<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<fac> A pair of quotation marks is required for the value.

"P2":SIM PIN2

"OI": outgoing international calls

"AI": all incoming calls

"IR": incoming calls when roaming outside the homing place

"SC": SIM card

"AO": all outgoing calls

"OX": all outgoing international calls except to the home country

"AB": all calling services

"AG": all outgoing call services

"AC": all incoming call services

"FD": fixed dialing of the SIM card

"PN": network authentication

"PU": network subsystem authentication

"PP": service provider authentication

"PC": corporate authentication

<oldpwd> Old password or code, string type. A pair of quotation marks is required for the

value.

<newpwd> New password or code, string type. A pair of quotation marks is required for the

value.

Example

AT+CPWD=?

+CPWD:

("AB",4),("AC",4),("AG",4),(

"AI",4),("AO",4),("IR",4),("

OI",4),("OX",4),("SC",8),("P

2",8)

Query the service range of the PIN password allowed by the module.

Page 35: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 2 General Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 35

OK

AT+CPWD="SC","1234","0000"

OK

Modify the PIN code of the current SIM card. "1234" is the old PIN

code and "0000" is the new PIN code.

AT+CPWD=SC,1234,0000

ERROR

Incorrect command syntax.

A pair of quotation marks ("") is required for each parameter.

To modify the PIN code, lock the SIM card (running AT+CLCK="SC",1,"1234").

2.19 AT+CGDCONT–Defining PDP Context

To set the packet data protocol (PDP) format of GPRS/3G.

Format

Type Command Response

Set

AT+CGDCONT=<cid>[,<

PDP_type>[,<APN>[,<P

DP_addr>[,<d_comp>[,<

h_comp>]]]]]<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT+CGDCONT?<CR>

<CR><LF>+CGDCONT:<cid>,<PDP_type>,<APN>,<PDP_

addr>,<d_comp>,<h_comp><CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Test AT+CGDCONT=?<CR>

<CR><LF>+CGDCONT: [list of supported

(<cid>,<PDP_type>,<APN>,<PDP_addr>,<d_comp>,<h_c

omp>)]

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<cid> (PDP Context Identifier) a numeric parameter that specifies a particular PDP

context definition. Minimum value = 1.

<PDP_type> (Packet Data Protocol type) a string parameter.

IP: Internet Protocol (IETF STD 5)

Page 36: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 2 General Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 36

PPP: Point to Point Protocol (IETF STD 51)

IPV4V6: V4V6 dual-stack network protocol

<APN> Access Point Name. A string parameter which is a logical name that is used to

select the GGSN or the external packet data network.

<PDP_address> a string parameter that identifies the terminal in the address space applicable to

the PDP. TE will provide a value for this parameter after PDP starts if it is null or

omitted. If TE fails to provide, the subscription value will be requested.

<d_comp> numeric parameter that controls PDP data compression. Used only for SNDCP

<h_comp> numeric parameter that controls PDP header compression.

0 - off (default if value is omitted)

<pd1>, … <pdN> zero to N string parameters whose meanings are specific to the <PDP_type>

Example

AT+CGDCONT=1,"IP","CMNET"

OK Set PDP type to IP and APN to CMNET.

AT+CGDCONT?

+CGDCONT: 1,"IP","CMNET","0.0.0.0",0,0,0,0

OK

Query current PDP format.

AT+CGDCONT=?

+CGDCONT: (1-24),"IP",,,(0-2),(0-4),(0-1),(0-1)

+CGDCONT:

(1-24),"PPP",,,(0-2),(0-4),(0-1),(0-1)

+CGDCONT:

(1-24),"IPV6",,,(0-2),(0-4),(0-1),(0-1)

+CGDCONT:

(1-24),"IPV4V6",,,(0-2),(0-4),(0-1),(0-1)

OK

Query the available value range of PDP format.

2.20 AT+XGAUTH–PDP Authentication

PDP authentication.

Before sending this command, send AT+CGDCONT.

To use internal protocol stack, add this command to the process.

<cid> is same as that in +CGDCONT.

Format

Type Command Response

Page 37: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 2 General Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 37

Set AT+XGAUTH=<cid>,<auth>[,<name>,<pwd>]<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Test AT+XGAUTH=?

<CR><LF>+XGAUTH: (list of supported

<cid>),(value range of<auth>),(length of

<name>),(length of <pwd>)

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<cid> PDP context identifier

<auth> authentication may be:

0: NONE

1: PAP (default)

2: CHAP

3: PAP or CHAP

<name> user name

<pwd> password

Include <name> and <pwd> into the command when <auth> is equal 0.

Example

AT+XGAUTH=1,1,”gsm”,”1234”

OK Set the first PDP authentication.

AT+XGAUTH=?

+XGAUTH: (1),(0-3),32,32

OK

Query the available value range of parameters.

2.21 AT+CGATT–Setting GPRS Attach and Detach

To set GPRS attach and detach.

The settings are be saved after the module is powered off.

Page 38: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 2 General Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 38

By default, the module can automatically perform GPRS attach.

Ensure that the GPRS attach is set before the PPP connection is set up. It is recommended to add the

AT+CGATT? command to the process to query the GPRS status. If the module returns 1, set up PPP

connection directly; otherwise, set GPRS attach manually by executing the command AT+CGATT=1.

Format

Type Command Response

Set AT+CGATT=<state><CR>

<CR><LF>GPRS DISCONNECTION<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT+CGATT?<CR> <CR><LF>+CGATT: <state>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Test AT+CGATT=?<CR> <CR><LF>+CGATT: (value range of <state>)

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<state> 0: indicates detach

1: indicates attach

Example

AT+CGATT=1

OK GPRS attach is set successfully.

AT+CGATT=0

OK GPRS detach is set successfully.

AT+CGATT=0

GPRS DISCONNECTION

OK

Send this command after setting a PPP connection.

AT+CGATT=0

ERROR ERROR is returned because no SIM card is installed.

Page 39: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 2 General Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 39

AT+CGATT?

+CGATT: 0

OK

Query the GPRS status.

AT+CGATT=?

+CGATT:(0,1)

OK

Query the valid parameter values for the command.

2.22 ATE1/ATE0–Enabling & Disabling the Terminal

Display

To enable or disable the terminal display function of the AT commands. The settings by this command

are not saved after the module is powered off.

The terminal display function is enabled by default.

If the command is sent after dialing up to connect the network, terminal display is disabled

automatically.

ATE is equal to ATE1.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute ⚫ ATE1<CR>

⚫ ATE0<CR>

<CR><LF>+GMR: <reversion>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

N/A

Example

ATE1

OK

Turn on module AT command echo function

Send AT, serial tools show "AT" and "OK".

Page 40: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 2 General Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 40

AT

OK

ATE0

OK

OK

Turn off the module AT command echo function

Send AT, serial tools only show "OK"

2.23 ATD*99#–GPRS Dialing Command

To initialize a GPRS connection using external protocol stacks.

This command is applicable only to external protocol stacks.

Ensure that the module has registered the network and set APN before dialing any number.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute ATD*99#<CR> <CR><LF>CONNECT<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

N/A.

Example

ATD*99#

CONNECT

2.24 AT+ENPWRSAVE–Enabling or Disabling Sleep

Mode

To enable or disable sleep mode.

Page 41: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 2 General Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 41

The settings by this command are not saved after the module is powered off.

Sleep mode is triggered by inputting low level at DTR by default.

After this command is sent and low (or high) level is input at DTR, the module can enter sleep mode

unless circuit of each part inside the module allows.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+ENPWRSAVE=<n><CR> <CR><LF>+GMR: <reversion>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Query AT+ENPWRSAVE?<CR> <CR><LF>+ENPWRSAVE: <n>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<n> 0: Forbid sleep mode. (default)

1: Allow sleep mode (Low level at DTR triggers sleep mode)

2: Allow sleep mode (High level at DTR triggers sleep mode)

Example

AT+ENPWRSAVE=1

OK Disable the sleep mode.

AT+ENPWRSAVE?

+ENPWRSAVE: 1

OK

Query current sleep mode status.

2.25 AT+SIGNAL–Setting Blinking Status Signal Indicator

To set the different blinking status of the signal indicator.

The default status setting is 7.

If the status is set to 0 to 6, the indicator will be always on when a call or SIM message in incoming in

Page 42: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 2 General Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 42

sleep mode.

Format

Type Command Response

Set AT+SIGNAL=<value><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT+SIGNAL?<CR> <CR><LF>+SIGNAL: <value><CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Test AT+SIGNAL=?<CR> <CR><LF>+SIGNAL: (value range of<value>)

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<value> Integers, ranging from 0 to 7

0: Blink once every second in normal situation. Being off or on if any abnormality

occurs.

1: Blink once every second after the module is connected to the GPRS network.

Being off in any other situations.

2: Flash and blink. Flash every 250 ms for the GPRS data service and blink every

second in other normal situations.

3: Be on after the GPRS network is connected and blink every second in other

situations.

4: Be on after the GPRS network is connected and being off in other situations.

5: Be off if the SIM card cannot be detected after the module is started, blink

every second if the SIM card is detected, and be on after the GPRS network is

connected.

6: Four indicator states:

⚫ If no SIM card is installed or the SIM card does not register network, the

indicator blinks every one second and is on for 0.1 second.

⚫ If the SIM card registered network, the indicator blinks every three second

and is on for 0.1 second.

⚫ If the GPRS network is connected, the indicator blinks every 250 ms and is

on for 0.1 second.

⚫ The indicator is always on during a call.

7: four indicator states

⚫ Off: No SIM card, not registered

Page 43: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 2 General Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 43

⚫ On: registered network

⚫ On for 0.2 second and off for 1.8 second: Obtained the IP address

⚫ On for 1.8 second and off for 0.2 second: Connected to the server

<low_interval> 10 to 65535 ms

<high_interval> 10 to 65535 ms

Example

AT+SIGNAL?

+SIGNAL: 2

OK

The current signal indicator status is 2.

AT+SIGNAL=3

OK Set current signal indicator status to 3.

AT+SIGNAL=11

ERROR The parameter is set to an incorrect value.

AT+SIGNAL=?

+SIGNAL: (0-7)

OK

The available value of the signal indicator status

ranges from 0 to 7.

2.26 AT+CUSD–Sending USSD Data

To send Unstructured Supplementary Service Data (USSD)

This command supports 3GPP only.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+CUSD=[<n>[,<str>[,<dcs>]]]<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT+CUSD?<CR> <CR><LF>+CUSD: <m>[,<str>,<dcs>]<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Test AT+CUSD=?<CR>

<CR><LF>+CUSD: (range of supported

<m>)<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Page 44: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 2 General Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 44

Parameter

<n> specifies whether to display return codes

0: do not display return codes

1: display return codes

2: Cancel the request (not available for read command)

<str> USSD string. If this parameter is not set, the module does not access network.

<dcs> 3GPP TS 23.038 [25] Cell Broadcast Data Coding Scheme in integer format

(default 0).

<m> 0: no further user action required

1: further user action required

2: USSD terminated by network

3: other local client has responded

4: operation not supported

5: network response times out

Example

AT+CUSD=1,"*100#",15

OK

+CUSD: 2,

"04110430043B0430043D0441003A003300350031002C0035003104400020",

72

The operator supports this data

service.

AT+CUSD=?

+CUSD: (0-2)

OK

Query the value range of

parameters.

Page 45: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 3 SMS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 45

3 SMS Commands

3.1 AT+CSMS–Selecting SMS Services

To select an SMS service among SMS-MO, SMS-MT, and SMS-CB

This command is not supported on a CDMA network.

Format

Type Command Response

Set AT+CSMS=<service><CR>

<CR><LF>+CSMS: <mt>,<mo>,<bm><CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT+CSMS?<CR> <CR><LF>+CSMS: <service>,<mt>,<mo>,<bm><CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Test AT+CSMS=?<CR> <CR><LF>+CSMS: (value range of <service>)<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300ms.

Parameter

<service> 0: GSM03.40 and GSM03.41. SMS-related AT commands support GSM07.05

Phase 2.

1: GSM03.40 and GSM03.41. SMS-related AT commands support GSM07.05

Phase 2+.

<mt>,<mo>,<bm> 0: not support

1: support

Page 46: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 3 SMS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 46

The default settings of this command are 0, 1, 1, 1.

Example

AT+CSMS=1

+CSMS: 1, 1, 1

OK

Set SMS service to 1.

AT+CSMS?

+CSMS: 1, 1, 1, 1

OK

Query the current parameter values.

AT+CSMS=?

+CSMS: (0-1)

OK

Query the value range of SMS service.

3.2 AT+CPMS–Setting Preferred SMS Storage

To set preferred SMS storage.

The settings by this commands are saved after the module is powered off.

Format

Type Command Response

Set AT+CPMS=<mem1><CR>

<CR><LF>+CPMS: <used1>, <total1>, <used2>, <total2>,

<used3>, <total3><CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Query AT+CPMS?<CR>

<CR><LF>+CPMS: <mem1>, <used1>, <total1>, <mem2>,

<used2>, <total2>, <mem3>, <used3>, <total3><CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Test AT+CPMS=?<CR>

<CR><LF>+CPMS: (list of supported <mem1>s), (list of

supported <mem2>s),(list of supported <mem3>s)

<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300ms.

Page 47: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 3 SMS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 47

Parameter

<mem1> Memory from which SMS messages are read and deleted, string type

"SM": SIM only

"ME": ME only

"MT": any of storages associated with ME (SIM first)

"SR": Status Report Storage

<used> Used quantity

<total> Total capacity of the storage

Example

AT+CPMS="SM"

+CPMS: 0, 50, 0, 50, 0, 50

OK

Set the SMS storage to "SM", that is,

store SMS messages in SIM card.

AT+CPMS?

+CPMS: "SM", 0, 50, "SM", 0, 50,"SM", 0, 50

OK

Query the capacity of current SMS

storage.

AT+CPMS=?

+CPMS: ("ME","MT","SM","SR"),("ME","MT","SM","SR"),

("ME","MT","SM","SR")

OK

Query the available storages.

AT+CPMS="SM"

+CMS ERROR: 500

No SIM card is inserted.

3.3 AT+CMGF–Setting SMS Inputting Mode

To set the SMS inputting mode

Format

Type Command Response

Set AT+CMGF=[<mode>]<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT+CMGF?<CR> <CR><LF>+CMGF: <mode><CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Test AT+CMGF=?<CR>

<CR><LF>+CMGF: (range of supported <mode>s)

<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Page 48: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 3 SMS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 48

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300ms.

Parameter

<mode> 0: PDU mode (default)

1: text mode

Example

AT+CMGF=1

OK

Set the SMS to text mode.

AT+CMGF?

+CMGF: 1

OK

Query the current mode of SMS message input.

AT+CMGF=?

+CMGF: (0-1)

OK

Query the value range of SMS mode setting.

3.4 AT+CSCS–Setting the TE Character Set

To set the format of the TE character set.

The default character set is "IRA".

Format

Type Command Response

Set AT+CSCS=[<chset>]<CR> <CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Query AT+CSCS?<CR> <CR><LF>+CSCS: <chset><CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Test AT+CSCS=?<CR> <CR><LF>+CSCS: (list of supported <chset>s)<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300ms.

Page 49: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 3 SMS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 49

Parameter

<chset> ⚫ "GSM": default GSM alphabet (GSM03.38.6.2.1)

⚫ HEX": string consisting of 0x00 to 0xFF in hexadecimal format. E.g. 032FE6 is 3 8-bit

characters, which are respectively 3, 47, and 230. Conversion is not required between

these characters and the source MT character set. (Not supported)

⚫ "IRA": international reference alphabet (ITU-T T.50)

"8859-1": ISO 8859 Latin 1 character set (not supported)

⚫ "UCS2": 16-bit universal multiple-octet coded character set (USO/IEC10646). The

UCS2 character string is converted into a hexadecimal number (ranging from 0x0000

to 0xFFFF). UCS2 encoding is used only in some character string of the statement.

Example

AT+CSCS="GSM"

OK

Set IRA character set.

AT+CSCS?

+CSCS: "PCCP936"

OK

Query the format of current character set.

AT+CSCS=?

+CSCS: ("GSM","HEX","PCCP936","UCS2")

OK

Query the character set formats that the module

supports.

3.5 AT+CNMI–Setting SMS Indication Mode

To set the mode how the module informs users of new SMS messages received from the network.

Format

Type Command Response

Set AT+CNMI=[<mode>[,<mt>[,<bm

>[,<ds> [,<bfr>]]]]]<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT+CNMI?<CR>

<CR><LF>+CNMI:

[<mode>[,<mt>[,<bm>[,<ds>[,<bfr>]]]]]

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Test AT+CNMI=?<CR>

<CR><LF>+CNMI: (value range of <mode>),(value

range of <mt>),(list of supported <bm>s),(value range

of <ds>s),(value range of <bfr>s)

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Page 50: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 3 SMS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 50

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300ms.

Parameter

<mode> Set the instruction mode after receiving SMS messages. The default value is 0.

0: SMS instruction codes can be saved in the buffer of the module. If the TA is full, the old

codes can be saved in other place or replaced with new codes. (default)

1: when the module is online, it will discard saved SMS instruction codes and reject new

codes. In other situations, the codes are displayed on the end device.

2: when the module is online, the SMS instruction codes are saved in the buffer of the

module. After the connection is released, the SMS instruction codes are output through

UART. In other situations, codes are directly displayed on the end device.

3: when the module is online, SMS indicator code and other data are transmitted together

and the code will be displayed on the device.

<mt> Set the format of the new SMS instruction codes. The default value is 0.

0: SMS instruction codes will not be sent to the end device (default)

1: The format of the new SMS instruction codes is +CMTI: "MT" ,<index>. The SMS

message is stored rather than directly displayed.

2: The format of the new SMS instruction codes is

+CMT :<oa>,<scts>,<tooa>,<lang>,<encod>,<priority>[,<cbn>],<length><CR><LF>

<data> (text mode). SMS messages are directly displayed rather than stored.

3: Use the report codes defined by <mt>=2 to transmit SMS instruction codes to the end

device. The SMS instruction codes in other modes are the same as that of <mt>=1.

<bm> Set the format of the new cell broadcast codes. The default value is 1.

0: not send the instruction information of new cell broadcast. The cell broadcast will not

be stored.

1: the cell broadcast instruction code is +CBMI:"BC" ,<index> and the cell broadcast is

stored. (default)

2: the format of the new cell broadcast instruction codes is

+CBM:<oa>,[<alpha>,]<scts>[,<tooa>,<length>] <CR><LF><data>(text mode). The

cell broadcast will be directly displayed rather than stored.

<ds> report status of SMS message sending. The default value is 0.

0: no status report of SMS message sending

1: the format of the SMS sending status report is

+CDS :<fo>,<mr>,[<ra>],[<tora>],<scts>, <dt>,<st>(text mode).

2: if a status report is stored, then the following unsolicited result code is sent:

+CDSI:<mem>,<index>

<bfr> The default value is 0.

0: when <mode> is set to 1 or 2, codes defined by this command and stored in TA will be

sent to TE. The module will return OK before transmitting the codes.

1: when <mode> is set to 1 or 2, the codes defined by this command and stored in TA will

be cleared.

Page 51: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 3 SMS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 51

⚫ The default settings of this command are 0, 0, 0, 0, 1.

⚫ The recommended setting is +CNMI: 2,1,0,0,0 (new messages are stored on SIM card rather than displayed

directly). +CNMI: 2,2,0,0,0 (new messages are displayed rather than stored on SIM card) is not supported.

⚫ SMS message types:

Class 0: Displayed not stored

Class 1: Stored in ME

Class 2: Stored in SIM

Class 3: Sent to TE

Example

AT+CNMI=1,1,0,0,0

OK

Set the SMS message indication mode.

AT+CNMI=?

+CNMI: (0-2),(0-3),(0,2),(0-2),(0-1)

OK

Query the value ranges of the parameters.

AT+CNMI?

+CNMI: 1,1,0,0,0

OK

Query the current setting of the parameters.

3.6 AT+CMGR–Reading SMS Messages

To read SMS messages stored in current memory (use the AT+CPMS command to specify the

current memory)

If the received message is unread, its status in the storage changes to received read after executing

this command.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+CMGR=<index><CR>

Text mode (+CMGF=1)

⚫ SMS-DELIVER

<CR><LF>+CMGR:

<stat>,<oa>,[<alpha>],<scts>[,<tooa>,<fo>,

<pid>,<dcs>,<sca>,<tosca>,<length>]

<CR><LF><data>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

⚫ SMS-SUBMIT:

<CR><LF>+CMGR: <stat>,<da>,[<alpha>][,<toda>,

<fo>,<pid>, <dcs>,[<vp>],<sca>,<tosca>,<length>]

Page 52: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 3 SMS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 52

<CR><LF><data>

⚫ SMS-STATUS-REPORT:

<CR><LF>+CMGR:

<stat>,<fo>,<mr>,[<ra>],[<tora>],<scts>,<dt>, <st>

⚫ SMS-COMMAND:

<CR><LF>+CMGR: <stat>,<fo>,<ct>[,<pid>,[<mn>],

[<da>], [<toda>],<length>

<CR><LF><data>]

⚫ CBM-STORAGE:

<CR><LF>+CMGR: <stat>,<sn>,<mid>,<dcs>,

<page>,<pages>

<CR><LF><data>

PDU mode (+CMGF=0)

<CR><LF>+CMGR: <stat>,[<alpha>],<length>

<CR><LF><pdu><CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300ms.

Parameter

<index> location value <index> from preferred message storage <mem1> to the TE

<stat> Status of SMS messages in the storage

⚫ TEXT mode

"REC UNREAD": received unread

"REC UNREAD": received read

"STO UNSENT": stored unsent

"STO SENT": stored sent

⚫ PDU mode

0: received unread

1: received read

2: stored unsent

3: stored sent

<oa> String type, 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-Originating-Address Address-Value field. BCD numbers

(or GSM 7-bit default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the currently

selected TE character set (refer to AT+CSCS command in 3GPP TS 27.007). The type of

address is given by <tooa>.

<alpha> String type alphanumeric representation of <da> or <oa> corresponding to the entry

found in MT phonebook. Implementation of this feature is manufacturer specified. The

used character set should be the one selected with AT+CSCS command (see definition of

Page 53: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 3 SMS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 53

this command in 3GPP TS 27.007).

<scts> String type, 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-Service-Centre-Time-Stamp (refer to <dt>).

<tooa> Integer type, 3GPP TS 24.011 TP-Originating-Address Type-of-Address octet (default

refer to <toda>).

<fo> Depending on the command or result code: First octet of 3GPP TS 23.040

SMS-DELIVER, SMS-SUBMIT (default 17), SMS-STATUS-REPORT, or

SMS-COMMAND in integer format. If a valid value has been entered once, the parameter

can be omitted.

<pid> 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-Protocol-Identifier in integer format (default 0).

<dcs> Depending on the command or result code: 3GPP TS 23.038 SMS Data Coding Scheme

(default 0), or Cell Broadcast Data Coding Scheme in integer format.

<sca> 3GPP TS 24.011 RP SC address Address-Value field in string format. BCD numbers (or

GSM 7-bit default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the currently

selected TE character set (refer to AT+CSCS command in 3GPP TS 27.007). The type of

address is given by <tosca>.

<tosca> Integer type, 3GPP TS 24.011 RP SC address Type-of-Address octet (default refer to

<toda>).

<length> Integer type, indicating in the text mode (AT+CMGF=1) the length of the message body

<data> in characters, or in PDU mode (AT+CMGF=0) the length of the actual TP data unit

in octets (i.e. the RP layer SMSC address octets are not counted in the length).

<data> If <dcs>indicates that GSM 03.38 default alphabet is used and <fo> indicates that GSM

03.40 TP-User-Data-Header-Indication is not set:

⚫ ME/TA converts GSM alphabet into current TE character set when TE character set

is not configured to HEX by +CSCS.

⚫ ME/TA converts each 7-bit octet into hexadecimal numbers containing two IRA

characters when TE character set is configured to HEX by +CSCS.

If <dcs>indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is used, or <fo> indicates that

GSM 03.40 TP-User-Data-Header-Indication is set:

ME/TA converts each 8-bit octet into hexadecimal numbers containing two IRA characters

(e.g. octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50 and 65)

<da> String type, 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-Destination-Address Address-Value field. BCD numbers

(or GSM 7-bit default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the currently

selected TE character set (refer to AT+CSCS command in 3GPP TS 27.007). The type of

address is given by <toda>

<toda> Integer type, 3GPP TS 24.011 TP-Destination-Address Type-of-Address octet

<vp> GSM 03.40 TP-Validity-Period

Its format determined by <fo> of SMS-SUBMIT: integer (167 by default) or string type

(refer to <dt>)

<mr> Integer type, GSM 03.40 TP-Message-Reference.

<ra> String type, GSM 03.40 TP-Recipient-Address, refer to AT+CSCS.

<tora> Integer type, GSM 04.11 TP-Recipient-Address Type-of-Address, refer to <toda>.

<dt> String type, GSM 03.40 TP-Discharge-Time, in format of yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss±zz

<st> Integer type, GSM 03.40 TP-Status

<ct> Integer type, GSM 03.40 TP-Command-Type

<sn> Integer type, GSM 03.41 CBM Serial Number.

<mid> Integer type, GSM 03.41 CBM Message Identifier.

Page 54: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 3 SMS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 54

<page> Integer type, GSM 03.41 CBM Page Parameter 4-7 bit

<pages> Integer type, GSM 03.41 CBM Page Parameter 0-3 bit

<pdu> In the case of SMS: 3GPP TS 24.011 SC address followed by 3GPP TS 23.040 TPDU in

hexadecimal format: ME/TA converts each octet of TP data unit into two IRA character

long hexadecimal number (e.g. octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two

characters 2A (IRA 50 and 65)).

Example

AT+CMGR=1

+CMGR: "REC READ","66421",,"11/09/13,16: 37: 59+32"

050003140401E27778592EA7E7EBE9373C3C279BCF68F59AADC7FED62779BA596D7EBAE

B5B91EBD16A5D46C35F98406A744E311A95C32594DA75688B50EADACA6D689150EADF1B

2BC5E579AD575E5B5582D5EABD5624C36A3D56C375C0E1693CD6835DB0D9783A15C91D2

E06BDAA558AC1F60C52B937CADCD2B747AA9021BDEC627E8E9441BD42655DEF446

OK

Read the message indexed

as 1.

AT+CMGF=0

OK

AT+CSCS="UCS2"

OK

+CMTI: "SM",39

AT+CMGR=39

+CMGR: 0,,23

0891683110501905F0240BA18177377949F50000413062312503230468341A0D

OK

Set PDU mode.

Incoming SMM.

Read the message.

AT+CMGF=1

OK

AT+CSCS="GSM"

OK

+CMTI: "SM",40

AT+CMGR=40

+CMGR: "REC UNREAD","18777397945",,"14/03/26,13: 57: 58+32"

hello world

OK

Set the text mode.

Incoming SMS message.

Read the SMS message.

3.7 AT+CMGL– SMS Message List

To read SMS messages of one type from the current memory specified by the +CPMS command

Format

Type Command Response

Page 55: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 3 SMS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 55

Execute AT+CMGL[=<stat>]<CR>

Text mode (+CMGF=1)

⚫ SMS-SUBMITs or SMS-DELIVERs:

<CR><LF>+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<oa/da>,[<alpha>],

[<scts>][,<tooa/toda>,<length>]<CR><LF>

<data>[<CR><LF>+CMGL:

<index>,<stat>,<da/oa>,[<alpha>],[<scts>][,<tooa/toda>,

<length>]<CR><LF><data>[...]]

⚫ SMS-STATUS-REPORTs:

<CR><LF>+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<fo>,<mr>,[<ra>],

[<tora>],<scts>,<dt>,<st>

[<CR><LF>+CMGL:

<index>,<stat>,<fo>,<mr>,[<ra>],[<tora>],<scts>,<dt>,<s

t>[...]]

⚫ SMS-COMMANDs:

<CR><LF>+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<fo>,<ct>

[<CR><LF>+CMGL: index>,<stat>,<fo>,<ct>[...]]

⚫ CBM storage:

<CR><LF>+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<sn>,<mid>,

<page>,<pages><CR><LF><data>

[<CR><LF>+CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<sn>,<mid>,

<page>,<pages><CR><LF><data>[...]]

PDU mode (+CMGF=0)

<CR><LF>+CMGL:<index>,<stat>,[<alpha>],<length><

CR><LF><pdu>

[<CR><LF>+CMGL:<index>,<stat>,[<alpha>],<length><

CR><LF><pdu><CR><LF> [...]]

Test AT+CMGL=?<CR> <CR><LF>+CMGL: (list of supported <stat>s)

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300ms.

Parameter

<stat> String type or numeric type

When set AT+CMGF=1,

"REC UNREAD": received unread

"REC UNREAD": received read

"STO UNSENT": stored unsent

"STO SENT": stored sent

"ALL": all SMS messages

Page 56: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 3 SMS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 56

When set AT+CMGF=0,

0: received unread

1: received read

2: stored unsent

3: stored sent

4: all SMS messages

<index> Location value <index> from preferred message storage <mem1> to the TE

<oa> String type, 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-Originating-Address Address-Value field. BCD

numbers (or GSM 7-bit default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the

currently selected TE character set (refer to AT+CSCS command in 3GPP TS

27.007). The type of address is given by <tooa>.

<da> String type, 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-Destination-Address Address-Value field. BCD

numbers (or GSM 7-bit default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the

currently selected TE character set (refer to AT+CSCS command in 3GPP TS

27.007). The type of address is given by <toda>

<alpha> String type alphanumeric representation of <da> or <oa> corresponding to the entry

found in MT phonebook. Implementation of this feature is manufacturer specified. The

used character set should be the one selected with AT+CSCS command (see

definition of this command in 3GPP TS 27.007).

<scts> String type, 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-Service-Centre-Time-Stamp (refer to <dt>).

<tooa> Integer type, 3GPP TS 24.011 TP-Originating-Address Type-of-Address octet (default

refer to <toda>).

<toda> Integer type, 3GPP TS 24.011 TP-Destination-Address Type-of-Address octet

<length> Number of octets of the given TP-level data unit (octets that do not contain the service

center address)

<data> If <dcs>indicates that GSM 03.38 default alphabet is used and <fo> indicates that

GSM 03.40 TP-User-Data-Header-Indication is not set:

⚫ ME/TA converts GSM alphabet into current TE character set when TE character

set is not configured to HEX by +CSCS.

⚫ ME/TA converts each 7-bit octet into hexadecimal numbers containing two IRA

characters when TE character set is configured to HEX by +CSCS.

If <dcs>indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is used, or <fo> indicates

that GSM 03.40 TP-User-Data-Header-Indication is set:

⚫ ME/TA converts each 8-bit octet into hexadecimal numbers containing two IRA

characters (e.g. octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two characters

2A (IRA 50 and 65)

<fo> Depending on the command or result code: First octet of 3GPP TS 23.040

SMS-DELIVER, SMS-SUBMIT (default 17), SMS-STATUS-REPORT, or

SMS-COMMAND in integer format. If a valid value has been entered once, the

parameter can be omitted.

<mr> Integer type, 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-Message-Reference

<ra> String type, 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-Recipient-Address Address-Value field. BCD

numbers (or GSM default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the

currently selected TE character set (refer to AT+CSCS command). The type of

address is given by <tora>.

<tora> Integer type, 3GPP TS 24.011 TP-Recipient-Address Type-of-Address octet (default

Page 57: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 3 SMS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 57

refer to <toda>).

<scts> String type, 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-Service-Centre-Time-Stamp (refer to <dt>).

<dt> GSM 03.40 TP-Discharge-Time, in format of yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss±zz

<st> Integer type, GSM 03.40 TP-Status.

<ct> Integer type, GSM 03.40 TP-Command-Type

<sn> Integer type, GSM 03.41 CBM Serial Number

<mid> Integer type, GSM 03.41 CBM Message Identifier

<page> Integer type, GSM 03.41 CBM Page Parameter 4-7 bit

<pages> Integer type, GSM 03.41 CBM Page Parameter 0-3 bit

<pdu> In the case of SMS: 3GPP TS 24.011 SC address followed by 3GPP TS 23.040 TPDU

in hexadecimal format: ME/TA converts each octet of TP data unit into two IRA

character long hexadecimal number (e.g. octet with integer value 42 is presented to

TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50 and 65)).

Example

AT+CMGL="ALL"

+CMGL: 1,"REC READ","10010",,"14/06/23,14:42:27+32"

0500034F0302672C77ED4FE14E2D768452694F596D4191CF5305542B53E052A053056D4191CFFF0C8BF76CE8610F533A52

064F7F7528FF093002672C6B2167E58BE27ED3679C5B5857285EF665F6FF0C8BF74EE551FA8D264E3A51C63002767B9646

8054901A624B673A84254E1A53850020007700610070002E00310030003000310030002E0063006F006D

+CMGL: 2,"REC READ","10010",,"14/06/23,14:42:27+32"

0500034F03016E2999A863D0793AFF0C622A6B62003667080032003265E5FF0C60A85F5367085957991051856D4191CF5D

F24F7F752800340033002E00360031004D0042FF0C52694F596D4191CF003200350036002E00330039004D0042FF085982

60A88BA28D2D4E867EA256F4811662164E9196C0621660A6005400566D4191CF53E052A05305FF0C5219

OK.

AT+CMGL=?

+CMGL: ("REC UNREAD", "REC READ", "STO UNSENT", "STO

SENT", "ALL")

OK

Query in text format (AT+CMGF=1).

AT+CMGL=?

+CMGL: (0-4)

OK

Query in PDU format (AT+CMGF=0).

AT+CMGL=ALL

ERROR

A pair of quotation marks ("") is required for

the parameter.

AT+CMGF=1

OK

AT+CMGL=4

ERROR

The parameter should be set to 0.

AT+CMGF=0

OK

AT+CMGL="ALL"

ERROR

The parameter should be set to 1.

Page 58: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 3 SMS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 58

3.8 AT+CMGS– Sending SMS Messages

To send an SMS message from the module to the network

The network will return reference value <mr> to the module after the SMS message is sent

successfully.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute

⚫ AT+CMGS=<da>[,<toda>]<CR>

text is entered<Ctrl+Z/ESC> (Text

mode)

⚫ AT+CMGS=<length><CR>

PDU is given<Ctrl+Z/ESC> (PDU

mode)

⚫ Text mode (+CMGF=1):

<CR><LF>+CMGS:

<mr>[,<scts>]<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

⚫ PDU mode (+CMGF=0):

<CR><LF>+CMGS:

<mr>[,<ackpdu>]<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

N/A.

Parameter

<da> The destination number to which the SMS message is sent in text mode

<toda> Type of destination address.3GPP TS 24.011 TP-Destination-Address Type-of-Address

octet in integer format.

<text> SMS message content in text mode

<length> the byte length of the SMS message content in PDU mode

<mr> storage location

<CR> end character

<Ctrl+Z> indicates the end of the input message, in the example.

<ESC> indicates giving up the input message

<scts> Service center time stamp. 3GPP TS 23.040 TP-Service-Centre-Time-Stamp in

time-string format (refer to <dt>).

<ackpdu> 3GPP 23.040 RP-User-Data element of RP-ACK PDU

Page 59: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 3 SMS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 59

Example

AT+CMGS="66358"<CR>

> This is the text

+CMGS: 171

OK

Text mode(+CMGF=1)

is the symbol after pressing Ctrl+Z.

AT+CMGS="15889758493"<CR>

> This is the text

ERROR

AT+CMGF=1 might not be executed.

AT+CMGS=33<CR>

>0891683108705505F001000B815118784271F20008146DF15

7335E025B9D5B89533A59276D6A80545EFA

+CMGS: 119

OK

PDU mode (+CMGF=0)

3.9 AT+CMGW– Writing SMS Messages

To write an SMS message into the memory

The location information <index> will be returned after the message is saved correctly.

If PDU messages is sent through a UART debugging tool, press the Enter button or enter <CR> in

hexadecimal format.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute

⚫ AT+CMGW[=<oa/da>[,<tooa/toda>[,<st

at>]]]<CR>text is

entered<Ctrl+Z/ESC>(text mode)

⚫ AT+CMGW=<length>[,<stat>]<CR>PD

U is given<Ctrl+Z/ESC> (PDU mode)

<CR><LF>+CMGW:<index><CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300ms.

Parameter

<da> The destination number to which the SMS message is sent in text mode

<toda> Type of destination address.3GPP TS 24.011 TP-Destination-Address Type-of-Address

octet in integer format.

Page 60: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 3 SMS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 60

<stat> Status of SMS messages in the storage

<text> SMS message content in text mode

<length> The byte length of the SMS message content in PDU mode

<index> Location information

<CR> End character

<Ctrl+Z> Indicates the end of the input message

<ESC> Indicates giving up the input message

Example

AT+CMGW="091137880"<CR>

>"This is the text"<Ctrl+Z>

+CMGW: 15

OK

Text mode (+CMGF=1)

AT+CMGW=091137880

ERROR

A pair of quotation marks ("") is required

for the number in text mode.

AT+CMGW=31<CR>

>0891683108705505F001000B813124248536F3000812004

00026002A535A53D153A653C1532052C7<Ctrl+Z>

+CMGW: 1

OK

PDU mode (+CMGF=0)

3.10 AT+CMSS– Sending Messages from Storage

To send an SMS message specified by <index> in the memory (SMS-SUBMIT)

The network returns reference value <mr> to the end device after the SMS message is sent

successfully.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+CMSS=<index>[,<da>[,

<toda>]]<CR>

⚫ Text mode (+CMGF=1)]:

<CR><LF>+CMSS: <mr>[,<scts>]<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

⚫ PDU mode (+CMGF=0):

<CR><LF>+CMSS: <mr>[,<ackpdu>]<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Page 61: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 3 SMS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 61

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300ms.

Parameter

<index> Message location

<da> The destination number of the SMS messages

<toda> Type of address

<mr> Message reference number

<scts> Service center time stamp

<ackpdu> 3GPP 23.040 RP-User-Data element of RP-ACK PDU

Example

AT+CMSS=2

+CMSS: <mr>

OK

Send the SMS messages stored in memory 2.

AT+CMSS=2

ERROR

No SMS message is stored in memory 2 or the SMS message

number in memory 2 is incorrect.

3.11 AT+CMGD– Deleting SMS Messages

To delete SMS messages from the current memory.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+CMGD=<index>[,<delflag>]<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Test AT+CMGD=?<CR>

<CR><LF>+CMGD: (value range of

<index>),(value range of <delflag>)<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300ms.

Page 62: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 3 SMS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 62

Parameter

<index> The recording number of the stored SMS messages

<delflag> Integer

0: delete the SMS messages with the specified recording numbers.

1: delete all read SMS messages.

2: delete all read and sent SMS messages.

3: delete all read, sent, and unsent SMS messages.

4: delete all messages.

If <delflag> is set, ignore the parameter <index>.

Example

AT+CMGD=0,3

OK

Delete all read, sent, and unsent SMS messages.

AT+CMGD=?

+CMGD:(0-50),(0-4)

OK

Query the value ranges of parameters.

AT+CMGD=5

ERROR

The 5th message does not exist.

3.12 AT+CSCA– Setting SMS Center Number

To set the SMS center number.

This command is not supported on a CDMA network.

Format

Type Command Response

Set AT+CSCA=<sca>[,<tosca>]<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT+CSCA?<CR> <CR><LF>+CSCA:<sca>,<tosca><CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Page 63: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 3 SMS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 63

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300ms.

Parameter

<sca> SMS center number

<tosca> The format of the SMS center number.

129 indicates national number.

145 indicates international number.

Example

AT+CSCA="8613800755500",145

OK

Set an international SMSC number.

AT+CSCA=8613800755500,145

OK

A pair of quotation marks ("") are not mandatory

for SMSC number.

AT+CSCA?

+CSCA: "+8613800755500",145

OK

Query the SMSC number.

3.13 AT+CSMP– Setting Text Mode Parameters

To select required values for the additional parameters in the text mode, and set the validity period

since the message is received from the SMSC, or the absolute time defining the end of the validity

period.

Format

Type Command Response

Set AT+CSMP=[<fo>[,<vp>[,<pid>[,

<dcs>]]]]<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT+CSMP?<CR> <CR><LF>+CSMP:<fo>,<vp>,<pid>,<dcs><CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300ms.

Page 64: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 3 SMS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 64

Parameter

<fo> Determined by the command or the first 8 bits of the result code GSM 03.40 SMS-DELIVER;

SMS-SUBMIT (default value: 17); or adopt the integer-type SMS-COMMAND (default value:

2)

<vp> Value Validity Period

0-143 (vp+1)*5mins, 12 hours at most

144-167 12hours +((vp–143)*30mins), 24 hours at most

168-196 (vp–166)*1day

197-255 (vp–192)*1week

<pid> Integer-type TP-protocol-ID (default value: 0)

<dcs> Encoding plan for integer-type cell broadcast data (default value: 0)

The default setting is ,,0,0 on a 3GPP network.

Example

AT+CSMP=17,167,0,0

OK

Text mode parameters.

No status report; the validity period of the information is

24 hours; Only messages in text format can be sent.

AT+CSMP?

+CSMP: 17,167,0,8

OK

Query the current settings of the text mode.

3.14 AT+CSDH– Displaying the Parameters of the Text

Mode

To set whether the detailed header information is displayed in the result code in text mode

This command is valid in text mode, which can be set by AT+CMGF=1.

Format

Type Command Response

Set AT+CSDH=[<show>]<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Page 65: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 3 SMS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 65

Query AT+CSDH?<CR> <CR><LF>+CSDH: <show>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Test AT+CSDH=?<CR> <CR><LF>+CSDH: (value range of <show>)

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300ms.

Parameter

<show>: 0: not display (default value)

1: display

Example

AT+CSDH=0

OK

AT+CMGR=0

+CMGR:"RECREAD","13510895077",,"15/07/23,20:58:28+32"

Abc

OK

Set the header information to not display

Read the 0th message.

AT+CSDH=1

OK

AT+CMGR=0

+CMGR:"RECREAD","13510895077",,"15/07/23,20:58:28+32",

161,36,0,0,"+8613010888500",145,3

Abc

OK

Set the detailed header information to

display.

Read the 0th message.

AT+CSDH?

+CSDH: 0

OK

Query the current parameter setting of the

command.

AT+CSDH=?

+CSDH: (0-1)

OK

Query the value range of parameter in the

command.

3.15 AT+CSAS–Saving the Setting

To save the setting.

Only the parameter settings of AT+CSCA, AT+CSMP, and AT+CSCB can be saved by executing this

command.

Page 66: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 3 SMS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 66

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+CSAS[=<profile>]<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Test AT+CSAS=?<CR>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<profile> 0: save settings (or omit the parameter)

Example

AT+CSAS

OK Save the setting.

AT+CSAS=0

OK Save the setting.

AT+CSAS=1

ERROR

AT+CSAS=?

+CSAS: 0

OK

Query the valid parameter values for the command.

Page 67: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 4 TCP/UDP Client Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 67

4 TCP/UDP Client Commands

4.1 AT+NETAPN–Setting Network APN

To set the network APN.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+NETAPN="APN","USERNA

ME","PASSWORD"<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT+NETAPN?<CR>

<CR><LF>NETAPN:

"APN","USERNAME","PASSWORD"

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

APN GPRS network access point

USERNAME GPRS user name

PASSWORD GPRS password

Example

AT+NETAPN="CMNET","",""

OK Set GPRS APN to CMNET and leave user account and password blank.

AT+NETAPN=CMNET,,

ERROR A pair of quotation marks is required for each parameter.

AT+NETAPN?

+NETAPN:"","",""

OK

Query the current settings of APN parameter.

Page 68: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 4 TCP/UDP Client Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 68

4.2 AT+XIIC–Setting Up a PPP Link

To set up a PPP link.

Send AT+CGDCONT to set APN before executing this command.

Ensure that the module registers the network before using the AT+XIIC=1 command to set up PPP

link.

Use AT+GREG? to check whether the module registers the network or not. If +CREG: 0,1 or +CREG:

0,5 is returned, the module did not register to the network.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+XIIC=<n><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT+XIIC?<CR> <CR><LF>+XIIC: 1,<ip><CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 30s.

Parameter

<n> 0: Disconnect the PPP link

1: Activate the PPP link.

<ip> IP address

Example

AT+XIIC=1

OK The module is required to set up a PPP link.

AT+XIIC?

+XIIC: 1,10.107.216.162

OK

The PPP link is set up successfully and the IP address

is 10.107.216.162.

There are four spaces before 1.

AT+XIIC?

+XIIC:0, 0.0.0.0

OK

The PPP link is set up successfully.

There are four spaces before 1.

AT+XIIC? When PPP is activated in dual stack mode the IPV4

Page 69: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 4 TCP/UDP Client Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 69

+XIIC: 1,10.6.162.140

+XIIC:1,240e:bf:d209:b6e0:1:1:de27:e51a

OK

address is 10.6.162.140, and the IPV6 address is

240e:bf:d209:b6e0:1:1:de27:e51a (there are 4 spaces

before 1)

4.3 AT+TCPSETUP–Setting Up TCP Connection

To set up a TCP Connection.

Use the AT+XIIC=1 command to set up a PPP link before sending this command.

In IPv6 single stack, ip_type is IPv6 by default. In IPv4 single stack and IPv4v6 double stack, ip_type

is IPv4 by default.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+TCPSETUP=<n>,<ip>,<

port>[,<ip_type>]<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>+TCPSETUP: ERROR<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Unsolicited report <CR><LF>+TCPSETUP: <n>,<result><CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 30s.

Parameter

<n> Socket ID, ranging from 0 to 5

<ip> Destination IP address, in xx.xx.xx.xx or domain name format

<port> Destination port ID in decimal ASCII code

<ip_type> Type of the destination IP address.

IPv4

IPv6

<result> Result code

OK

FAIL

LINK ALREADY OPENED

Page 70: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 4 TCP/UDP Client Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 70

Example

AT+TCPSETUP=0,220.199.66.56,6800

OK

+TCPSETUP:0,OK

Set up a connection to 220.199.66.56,6800

on socket 0.

Successful

AT+TCPSETUP=0,neowayjsr.oicp.net,60010

OK

+TCPSETUP:0,OK

Set up a connection to neowayjsr.oicp.net,

60010 on socket 0.

Successful

AT+TCPSETUP=1,2408:84fb:213:bdc1:7d7b:b58b:2a92:d564,258

00,IPV6

OK

+TCPSETUP: 1,OK

The link

to

2408:84fb:213:bdc1:7d7b:b58b:2a92:d564,

25800 is successfully set up on socket 1.

+TCPCLOSE:0,Link Closed The socket is closed.

AT+TCPSETUP=1,192.168.20.6,7000

OK

+TCPSETUP: 1,FAIL

Fails to set up a connection to

192.168.20.6,7000 on socket 1. The server

is not started, the IP address is

incorrect, or the SIM card is out of credit.

AT+TCPSETUP=0,neowayjsr.oicp.net,60010

OK

+TCPSETUP: 0,LINK ALREADY OPENED

A TCP/UDP connection has been set up on

socket 0.

AT+TCPSETUP=5,192.168.20.6,7000

+TCPSETUP:ERROR

Parameters are set incorrectly.

AT+TCPSETUP=0.58.60.184.213.10012

+TCPSETUP:ERROR

Parameters are set incorrectly.

AT+TCPSET=0,58.60.184.213,10012

ERROR

The AT command is not complete.

4.4 AT+TCPSEND–Sending TCP Data

To send TCP data.

The module will return > after this command is sent. Send TCP data 50 ms to 100 ms later.

Ensure that the TCP connection is set up before sending TCP data.

The AT+IPSTATUS command is recommended to check the buffer size before sending data.

Format

Type Command Response

Page 71: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 4 TCP/UDP Client Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 71

Execute AT+TCPSEND=<n>,<length><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Unsolicited report +TCPSEND: <n>[,<length>],<result>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<n> Socket ID, ranging from 0 to 5. A TCP connection is established on the socket.

<length> The length of the data to be sent, ranging from 1 to 4096, unit: byte.

1 to 4096 for ASCII data sent in buffer mode

1 to 2018 for HEX data sent in buffer mode

1 to 512 for data sent in command mode (HEX and ASCII)

<content> data sent in command mode with a length ranging from 0 to 1024, supports data link

escape

<mode> data format

0: ASCII, supports data link escape (default)

1: HEX

Example

AT+TCPSEND=0,1

>

OK

+TCPSEND:0,1

1-byte data is successfully sent through socket 0.

AT+TCPSEND=0,1024

>

+TCPSEND:ERROR

Send 1024-byte data. E.g.:123…

Congestion.

AT+TCPSEND=0,10

>

+TCPSEND: 0,OPERATION EXPIRED

After the data sending command is input and > is returned,

no more data is entered in 30 seconds. Then the expiration

information is displayed.

AT+TCPSEND=0,1

+TCPSEND:SOCKET ID OPEN FAILED

One-byte data fails to be sent on socket 0 because the link

is not established.

AT+TCPSEND=0,4097

+TCPSEND:DATA LENGTH ERROR

4097-byte data fails to be sent on socket 0 because data

length exceeds the limit.

Page 72: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 4 TCP/UDP Client Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 72

4.5 AT+RECVMODE–Setting Receive Mode

To set the receive mode of TCP and UDP data.

Do not send this command during communication because it clears the buffer.

This command also works for UDP data.

The settings are not saved after the module is powered off.

Format

Type Command Response

Set AT+RECVMODE=<n>[,<mode>]<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT+RECVMODE?<CR> <CR><LF>+RECVMODE: <n>,<mode>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Test AT+RECVMODE=?<CR>

<CR><LF>+RECVMODE: (list of supported

<n>s), (list of supported <mode>s)

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<n> receive mode

0: buffer the TCP or UDP data received and MCU sends command to read the data

1: print the TCP or UDP data received to UART directly (default)

<mode> whether to report in hexadecimal format

0: report in ASCII format (default)

1: report in hexadecimal format

2: print the TCP, UDP data received to UART directly (data can also be printed to

UART directly in data mode)

<mode>:

0: report in ASCII mode (default)

1: report in HEX mode

Page 73: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 4 TCP/UDP Client Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 73

Example

AT+RECVMODE=0

OK Set data receiving mode.

AT+RECVMODE=1,1

OK HEX report in command mode

AT+RECVMODE=?

+RECVMODE: (0-2),(0-1)

OK

Query value ranges of parameters in this command

4.6 AT+TCPRECV–Unsolicited TCP Data Output

Unsolicited TCP data output.

When the module receives TCP data from the network, the UART prints the data automatically.

Format

Type Command

Unsolicited report +TCPRECV:<n>,<length>,<data><CR>

Timeout

N/A

Parameter

<n> Socket ID, ranging from 0 to 5

<length> Length of the data received

<data> Data received

Add 0x0d 0x0a to the end of the data. Identify the end based on <length>.

Example

+TCPRECV:0,10,1234567890 10-byte data is successfully received on socket

0. The data is 1234567890.

Page 74: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 4 TCP/UDP Client Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 74

4.7 AT+TCPREAD–Reading TCP Data

To read TCP data from the buffer.

Execute +RECVMODE to select data receive mode.

Format

Type Command Response

Set AT+TCPREAD=<n>,<length><CR>

<CR><LF>+TCPREAD: <n>,<length>,<data>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<n> Socket ID, ranging from 0 to 5.

<length> Maximum length of data allowed to read, ranging from 1 to 2048, byte.

<data> Data that is read.

Example

+TCPRECV: 0,10

AT+TCPREAD=0,100

+TCPREAD: 0,10,1234567890

OK

Socket 0 receives data.

Read data.

The data read is 1234567890.

4.8 AT+TCPCLOSE–Closing TCP Connection

To close a TCP connection

Page 75: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 4 TCP/UDP Client Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 75

Formats

Type Command Response

Execute AT+TCPCLOSE=<n><CR>

<CR><LF>+TCPCLOSE:<n>,OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>+TCPCLOSE: ERROR<CR><LF>

Unsolicited report +TCPCLOSE:<n>,<result>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<n> Socket ID, ranging from 0 to 5

<result> OK

FAIL

Link Closed

Example

AT+TCPCLOSE=1

+TCPCLOSE: 1,OK

Close the TCP connection.

The TCP connection on socket 1 is closed successfully.

AT+TCPCLOSE=2

+TCPCLOSE: ERROR

Socket number error

+TCPCLOSE: 0,Link Closed The server sends TCP connection closing command or the network

encounters abnormality or weak signals.

4.9 AT+UDPSETUP–Setting Up UDP Connection

To set up a UDP connection

Use the AT+XIIC=1 command to set up a PPP link before executing this command.

In IPv6 single stack, ip_type is IPv6 by default. In IPv4 single stack and IPv4v6 double stack, ip_type

is IPv4 by default.

Format

Type Command Response

Page 76: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 4 TCP/UDP Client Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 76

Execute AT+UDPSETUP=<n>,<ip>,<port>[,<ip_typ

e>]<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Unsolicited report +UDPCLOSE:<n>,<result>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300ms.

Parameter

<n> Socket ID, ranging from 0 to 5

<ip> Destination IP address, in xx.xx.xx.xx format or domain name

format (www.XXXX.com)

<port> Destination port ID in decimal ASCII code

<ip_type>: Type of the destination

IP address.

IPv4

IPv6

<result> OK

FAIL

LINK ALREADY OPENED

Example

AT+UDPSETUP=1,220.199.66.56,7000

OK

+UDPSETUP:1,OK

The connection to 220.199.66.560.7000 is

successfully set up on socket 1.

AT+UDPSETUP=0,neowayjsr.oicp.net,60010

OK

+UDPSETUP: 0,OK

Set up a connection to

neowayjsr.oicp.net,60010 on socket 0

Successful

AT+UDPSETUP=1,2408:84fb:213:bdc1:7d7b:b58b:2a92:d564,258

01,IPV6

OK

+UDPSETUP: 1,OK

The link to

2408:84fb:213:bdc1:7d7b:b58b:2a92:d564,

25801 is successfully set up on socket 1.

AT+UDPSETUP=0,58.60.184.213,11008

OK

+UDPSETUP: 0, LINK ALREADY OPENED

A TCP/UDP connection is already set up on

socket 0.

AT+UDPSETUP=1,192.168.20.6,7000

OK

+UDPSETUP: 1,FAIL

Fail to set up the connection to

192.168.20.6,7000 on socket 1.

AT+UDPSETUP=5,192.168.20.6,6800

ERROR

Socket ID is set incorrectly.

AT+UDPSETUP=0.58.60.184.213.10012

ERROR

Punctuation mark is used incorrectly.

Page 77: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 4 TCP/UDP Client Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 77

AT+UDPSET=0,58.60.184.213,10012

ERROR

The AT command is not complete.

4.10 AT+UDPSEND–Sending UDP Data

To send UDP data.

The module will return > after this command is sent. Send UDP data 50 ms to 100 ms later.

Ensure that the UDP link is set up before sending UDP data.

To decrease the packet loss rate, do not send more than 1472 each time.

Backslash is used for data link escape. For how to send quotation marks or backlash in character

string, see the example.

The mode parameter can be omitted. ASCII data sent supports escape mode by default.

When ASCII data is sent in command mode, length of the content of third parameter must be less than

1024 (including escape characters).

To send data containing more than 15 commas, use buffer mode.

The settings are not saved.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+UDPSEND=<n>,<length>[[,<co

ntent>][,mode]]<CR>

<CR><LF>>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>+UDPSEND: <n>,<length>

Or

<CR><LF>+UDPSEND: <n>, OPERATION

EXPIRED<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>+UDPSEND: DATA LENGTH

ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Page 78: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 4 TCP/UDP Client Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 78

Parameter

<n> Socket ID, ranging from 0 to 5. A UDP connection is established on the socket.

<length> Length of the data to be sent, unit: byte.

1 to 2018 for HEX data sent in buffer mode

1 to 4096 for ASCII data sent in buffer mode

1 to 512 for data sent in command mode (HEX and ASCII)

<content> data sent in command mode with a length ranging from 0 to 1024, support escape

characters.

<mode> data format

0: ASCII, supports escape characters (default)

1: HEX

<result> SUCCESS

FAIL

OPERATION EXPIRED

Example

AT+UDPSEND=0,2

>

OK

+UDPSEND: 0,2

Send 2-byte data on socket 0. Then send the

characters to be sent 50 ms to 100 ms after the

module returns >.

The data is sent successfully.

AT+UDPSEND =0,1024,,1

>

OK

+UDPSEND: 0,1024

Send 1024-byte HEX data in buffer mode.

Data is sent successfully.

AT+UDPSEND=1,27,"\"3~!@#$%\\^&*()_+;'332\",\"32\""

OK

+UDPSEND: 0,27

Command mode

AT+UDPSEND=0,3,”313233”,1

OK

+UDPSEND: 0,3

Command mode, HEX format

AT+UDPSEND=0,4097

+UDPSEND: DATA LENGTH ERROR

4097-byte data fails to be sent on socket 0

because data length exceeds the limit.

AT+UDPSEND=0,10

>

+UDPSEND: 0,OPERATION EXPIRED

After the data sending command is input and >

is returned, no more data is entered in 30

seconds. Then the expiration information is

displayed.

4.11 AT+UDPRECV–Unsolicited UDP Data Ouput

Unsolicited UDP data output.

When the module receives UDP data from the network, the UART prints the data automatically.

Page 79: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 4 TCP/UDP Client Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 79

Format

Type Command

Unsolicited report +UDPRECV: <n>,<length>[,<data>]<CR>

Timeout

N/A.

Parameter

<n> Socket ID, ranging from 0 to 5

<length> Length of the data received

<data> Data received

Identify the end based on <length>.

Example

+UDPRECV: 0,10,1234567890 10-byte data is successfully received on socket

0. The data is 1234567890.

4.12 AT+UDPREAD–Reading UDP Data

To read UDP data.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+UDPREAD=<n>,<length><CR>

<CR><LF>+UDPREAD:<n>,<length>,

<data><CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Page 80: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 4 TCP/UDP Client Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 80

Parameter

<n> Socket ID, ranging from 0 to 5

<length> Maximum length of data allowed to read

<data> Data that is read, 1 to 2048 bytes

Example

+UDPRECV: 0

AT+UDPREAD=0,100

+UDPREAD: 0,10,1234567890

OK

Socket 0 receives data.

Read data.

The data read is 1234567890.

4.13 AT+UDPCLOSE–Closing UDP Connection

To close the UDP connection

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+UDPCLOSE=<n><CR>

<CR><LF>+UDPCLOSE: <n>,OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>+UDPCLOSE:ERROR<CR><LF>

Unsolicited report +UDPCLOSE: <n>,<result>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<n> socket ID, ranging from 0 to 5

<result>

OK

FAIL

Page 81: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 4 TCP/UDP Client Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 81

Example

AT+UDPCLOSE=1

+UDPCLOSE: 1,OK

The TCP link on socket 1 is closed successfully.

AT+UDPCLOSE=6

+UDPCLOSE: ERROR

Socket number error

4.14 AT+IPSTATUS–Querying TCP/UDP Socket Status

To query the TCP/UDP socket status.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+IPSTATUS=<n><CR>

<CR><LF>+IPSTATUS: <n>,<CONNECT or

DISCONNECT >[,<TCP or UDP>,<send-buffer-size>]

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>+IPSTATUS:1,DISCONNECT<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<n> Socket ID, ranging from 0 to 5

<CONNECT or

DISCONNECT>

Socket status, CONNECT or DISCONNECT, or CONNECTING or

DISCONNECTING

<TCP or UDP> Socket type, TCP or UDP

<send-buffer-size> The size of the available send buffer on the module, in decimal ASCII

mode, unit: byte. <send-buffer-size> is not supported on UDP connection.

Example

AT+IPSTATUS=0

+IPSTATUS: 0,CONNECT,TCP,4096

A TCP connection has been set up on socket 0 and the

buffer size is 4096 bytes.

AT+IPSTATUS=0 A UDP connection has been set up on socket 0.

Page 82: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 4 TCP/UDP Client Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 82

+IPSTATUS: 0,CONNECT,UDP,0

AT+IPSTATUS=1

+IPSTATUS: 1,DISCONNECT

No TCP or UDP connection is set up on socket 1.

AT+IPSTATUS=1

+IPSTATUS: 1,DISCONNECT

The AT command is not complete.

AT+IPSTATUS=6

ERROR

The socket number in the command is incorrect.

4.15 AT+TCPACK–Querying Status of Data Sent by TCP

Socket

To query the size of data successfully sent by the TCP socket and the size of the data successfully

received.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+TCPACK=<n><CR>

<CR><LF>+TCPACK:

<n>,<data_sent>,<acked_recv><CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>+TCPACK: <n>,DISCONNECT<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>+TCPACK: NO TCP LINK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<n> socket ID, ranging from 0 to 5

<data_sent > Size of data successfully sent through this socket, unsigned 64-bit integer in decimal

ASCII. The unit is byte

<acked_recv> Size of data acknowledged by the receiver, unsigned 64-bit integer in decimal ASCII.

The unit is byte

Page 83: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 4 TCP/UDP Client Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 83

20-byte data has been transmitted from socket 0 and the receiver acknowledged 20-byte data.

Example

AT+TCPACK=0

+TCPACK: 0,20,20

20-byte data has been transmitted from socket 0 and the

receiver acknowledged 20-byte data.

AT+TCPACK=0

+TCPACK: 0,128,120

128-byte data has been transmitted from socket 0 and the

receiver acknowledged 120-byte data.

AT+TCPACK=1

+TCPACK: 1,DISCONNECT

No connection is set up on socket 1.

AT+TCPACK=2

+TCPACK: NO TCP LINK

A UDP connection is set up on socket 2.

AT+TCPACK=6

ERROR

The socket number in the command is incorrect.

4.16 AT+DNSSERVER–Setting DNS Server

To set primary and secondary DNS servers.

In general, you do not have to set DNS server, which will be issued by base station during PPP

negotiation.

Format

Type Command Response

Set AT+DNSSERVER=<n>,<dns-ip><CR>

<CR><LF>+DNSSERVER: OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT+DNSSERVER?<CR> <CR><LF>+DNSSERVER: dns1:<dns-ip1>;dns2:

<dns-ip2><CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<n> DNS server number, ranging from 1 to 2.

Page 84: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 4 TCP/UDP Client Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 84

<dns-ip> IP address of DNS server.

Example

AT+DNSSERVER?

+DNSSERVER:dns1:114.114.114.114;dns2:0.0.0.0 Query DNS server.

AT+DNSSERVER=1,114.114.114.114

+DNSSERVER:OK Set DNS server.

4.17 AT+PDPKEEPALIVE–Setting PDP Keepalive

Heartbeat

To set PDP keepalive heartbeat.

Activate PDP before sending this command.

When PDP keepalive heartbeat is enabled, values will be returned to the AT+PDPKEEPALIVE?

Command quickly.

When PDP keepalive heartbeat is disabled, the query status will have some delay, 200ms~10000ms,

depending on the network environment.

When PDP keepalive heartbeat is disabled, the query command will have some delay,

200ms~10000ms, depending on the network environment.

Format

Type Command Response

Set AT+PDPKEEPALIVE=<onoff>,<inerval><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT+PDPKEEPALIVE?<CR> <CR><LF>+CMEE: <n>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Page 85: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 4 TCP/UDP Client Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 85

Parameter

<onoff> heartbeat switch

0: disable (default)

1: enable

<inerval> heartbeat interval, ranging from 1 to 65535. Unit: second.

Example

AT+PDPKEEPALIVE?

+PDPKEEPALIVE: 1,5

OK

Query heartbeat setting.

AT+PDPKEEPALIVE=1,60

OK

Enable heartbeat and set the interval to 60

seconds.

4.18 AT+PDPSTATUS–Querying PDP Status

To query the status of PDP.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+PDPSTATUS<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<ICCID> SIM card ID

The ICCID number is a string of 20 digits.

Example

AT+PDPSTATUS

+PDPSTATUS: CONNECT PDP connected

AT+PDPSTATUS

+PDPSTATUS: DISCONNECT

PDP disconnected

Page 86: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 4 TCP/UDP Client Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 86

AT+PDPSTATUS

+PDPSTATUS: PSEUDO_CONNECT

PDP activated, but in pseudo_connect state

AT+PDPSTATUS

+PDPSTATUS: CONNECT PDP connected

Page 87: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 5 TCP Server Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 87

5 TCP Server Commands

5.1 AT+TCPLISTEN–Setting TCP Listening for the Server

To set the TCP listening function of the server.

Only the SIM cards with fixed IP addresses can be used as servers.

By executing this command, the IPv4/IPv6 listening is established in IPv4/IPv6 single stack; the IPv4

and IPv6 listening is established in IPv4 and IPv6 stacks.

Format

Type Command Response

Set AT+TCPLISTEN=<port><CR>

<CR><LF>+TCPLISTEN:<socket>,OK

Or

<CR><LF>+TCPLISTEN:<status><CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT+TCPLISTEN?<CR> <CR><LF>+TCPLISTEN:<status><CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<Port> Port ID

<Socket> Socket ID

Example

AT+TCPLISTEN=6800

+TCPLISTEN: 0,OK

Listening port ID: 6800

The server starts to listen.

AT+TCPLISTEN=6800

+TCPLISTEN: bind error Fails to bind

AT+TCPLISTEN=6800 Transparent listening has been set.

Page 88: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 5 TCP Server Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 88

Listening...

AT+TCPLISTEN?

+TCPLISTEN: listening status

Query the listening status. Here the server is in the

listening status.

AT+TCPLISTEN?

+TCPLISTEN: not listening

Query the listening status. Here the server is not in

the listening status.

Connect

AcceptSocket=1,ClientAddr=119.123.77.133,C

lientPort=8000

Receive the connection request from the client.

AcceptSocket indicates the socket ID on the module, and

119.123.77.133 is the IP address of the client.

5.2 AT+CLOSELISTEN–Closing Socket Connection

To close the socket connection.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+CLOSELISTEN<CR> <CR><LF>+CLOSELISTEN:<socket_id>,local link

closed

Unsolicited report +CLOSELISTEN:<socket_id>,local link closed

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

N/A.

Example

+CLOSELISTEN: 0,local link closed The host closes the socket or network

abnormalities occur.

AT+CLOSELISTEN

+CLOSELISTEN: 0,local link closed

The connections to the client are closed.

AT+CLOSELISTEN

+CLOSELISTEN: Transparent local link closed

Transparent mode

5.3 AT+CLOSECLIENT–Closing Remote Socket

To close remote sockets.

Page 89: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 5 TCP Server Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 89

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+CLOSECLIENT[=<socket>]<CR>

<CR><LF>+CLOSECLIENT: <socket>,remote link

closed<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>+CLOSECLIENT: All remote link

closed<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<Socket> Socket ID

Example

AT+CLOSECLIENT

+CLOSECLIENT: 1,remote link closed

+CLOSECLIENT: 2,remote link closed

There is no parameter in this command.

All remote sockets are closed successfully.

AT+CLOSECLIENT=1

+CLOSECLIENT: 1,remote link closed

Close socket 1.

AT+CLOSECLIENT=1

ERROR

No client connected to socket 1.

AT+CLOSECLIENT

+CLOSECLIENT: All remote link closed

All clients are closed.

5.4 AT+TCPRECV(S)–Unsolicited TCP Data Output

Unsolicited TCP data output.

When the module receives TCP data from the client, the UART prints the data automatically.

Additional (s) makes this command different from the receive mode of the client mode in format.

Page 90: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 5 TCP Server Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 90

Format

Type Command

Unsolicited report +TCPRECV(S): <n>,<length>,<data><CR>

Timeout

N/A.

Parameter

<n> Socket ID, ranging from 0 to 5.

<length> Length of the data received

<data> Data received

Add 0x0d 0x0a to the end of the data. We can identify the end based on

<length>.

Example

+TCPRECV(S): 1,10,1234567899 Socket 1 receives 10-byte data in char format from

the client.

5.5 AT+TCPREADS–Reading TCP Data

To read TCP data.

Format

Type Command

Unsolicited report +TCPREAD(S): <n>,<length><CR>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<n> socket number, ranging from 0 to 5.

Page 91: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 5 TCP Server Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 91

<length> maximum length of data allowed to read, ranging from 1 to 2048.

Example

+TCPRECV(S): 1

AT+TCPREADS=1,100

+TCPREADS: 1,10,1234567890

OK

Socket 0 receives data.

Read data.

The data read is 1234567890.

5.6 AT+TCPSENDS–Sending Data to Client

To send data to the client.

Ensure that the TCP connection has been set up before sending TCP data.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+TCPSENDS=<socket

>[,<length>]<CR>

<CR><LF>>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>+TCPSENDS:<socket>[,<length>]<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>>

<CR><LF>+TCPSENDS: Buffer not

enough,439<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>+TCPSENDS: <socket> is not link<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>+TCPSENDS: <socket>, OPERATION

EXPIRED<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 30s.

Parameter

<socket> value of AcceptSocket, that is, the socket of the module. See the description of

the AT+TCPLISTEN command.

<length> The length of the data to be sent, value ranges from 1 to 4096, unit: byte.

Page 92: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 5 TCP Server Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 92

Example

AT+TCPSENDS=0,10

>

OK

+TCPSENDS: 0,10

10-byte data is successfully sent through socket

0.

AT+TCPSENDS=0,536

>

+TCPSENDS: Buffer not enough,439

536-byte data is sent on socket 0. Fails to

transmit the data because internal buffer is

insufficient.

AT+TCPSENDS=0

>

OK

+TCPSENDS: 0,21

Send 21-byte data on socket 0.

(e.g.: 012345678901234567890).

AT+TCPSENDS=0,10

+TCPSENDS: 0 is not link

No connection is set up on socket 0.

AT+TCPSENDS=0,5

>

+TCPSENDS: 0,OPERATION EXPIRED

No data is input within 30 seconds after > is

displayed

5.7 AT+CLIENTSTATUS–Querying Client Connection

Status

To query the connection status of the client.

If the socket is invalid, it may be the listen socket of TCP/UDP client or server.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+CLIENTSTATUS=<socket

><CR>

<CR><LF>+CLIENTSTATUS:<socket>,<CONNECT

or DISCONNECT>,<TCP orINVALID>,

<send-buffer-size><CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Page 93: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 5 TCP Server Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 93

Parameter

<socket> The value of AcceptSocket, that is, the socket of the module. See the description

of the AT+TCPLISTEN command.

<CONNECT or

DISCONNECT>

Socket status, value: CONNECT or DISCONNECT

<TCP or

INVALID>

Socket type, value: TCP or INVALID

<send-buffer-size> The size of the available send buffer on the module, in decimal ASCII mode,

unit: byte.

Example

AT+CLIENTSTATUS=0

+CLIENTSTATUS: 0,CONNECT,TCP,61440

A TCP connection to client has been set up to the

socket 0 and the buffer size is 61440 bytes.

AT+CLIENTSTATUS=4

+CLIENTSTATUS: 4,DISCONNECT

No connection is set up on socket 4.

AT+CLIENTSTATUS=1

+CLIENTSTATUS: 1,CONNECT,INVALID

The connection does not exist.

5.8 AT+TCPACK–Querying Status of Data Sent by TCP

Server

To query the size of data successfully sent by the TCP server and the size of the data successfully

received.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+TCPACKS=<socket><CR>

<CR><LF>+TCPACKS:

<socket>,<data_sent>,<acked_recv>

Or

<CR><LF>+TCPACKS: <socket>,<DISCONNECT>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Page 94: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 5 TCP Server Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 94

Parameter

<socket> Socket ID, ranging from 0 to 5.

<data_sent> Data successfully sent through this socket

<acked_recv> Data acknowledged by the client

The values of <data_sent> and <acked_recv> are unsigned 64-bit integers in decimal ASCII. The unit is byte.

Example

AT+TCPACK=0

+TCPACK: 0,20,20

The module sends 20-byte data to client through socket 0 and the client

acknowledges 20-byte data.

AT+TCPACK=0

+TCPACK: 0,128,120

The module sends 128-byte data to client through socket 0 and the receiver

acknowledges 120-byte data.

AT+TCPACK=1

+TCPACK: 1,DISCONNECT

No connection to the client is set up on socket 1.

Page 95: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 6 Transparent TCP/UDP Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 95

6 Transparent TCP/UDP Commands

6.1 AT+TCPTRANS–Setting Up Transparent TCP

Connection

To set up a transparent TCP connection

TCP data can be transparently transmitted after the transparent TCP connection is set up successfully

and +TCPTRANS:OK is returned. At most 4096-byte data can be sent or received in transparent

mode.

The UART does not display the data transmitted to the server after the transparent TCP connection is

set up successfully.

Use +++ to switch the server to command mode and ATO to switch it to data mode.

The module will disconnect the transparent link if a call or message is incoming.

In IPv6 single stack, ip_type is IPv6 by default. In IPv4 single stack and IPv4v6 double stack, ip_type

is IPv4 by default.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+TCPTRANS=<ip>,<port>

[,<ip_type>]<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>+TCPTRANS:<result><CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 30s.

Parameter

<ip> destination IP address, in xx.xx.xx.xx format or domain name format (www.

XXXXXX.com)

Page 96: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 6 Transparent TCP/UDP Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 96

<port> destination port ID in decimal ASCII code

<result> OK: connection established successful.

Fail: connection established failed.

<ip_type>: Destination IP address:

IPv4

IPv6

Example

AT+TCPTRANS=220.199.66.56,6800

OK

+TCPTRANS:OK

A transparent TCP connection is set up successfully.

AT+TCPTRANS=2408:84fb:213:bdc1:7d7b

:b58b:2a92:d564,25800,IPV6

OK

+TCPTRANS: OK

Set up a transparent IPv6 TCP connection.

Successful

AT+TCPTRANS=neowayjsr.oicp.net,6001

0

OK

+TCPTRANS:OK

A transparent TCP connection is set up successfully by using

domain name.

AT+TCPTRANS=220.199.66.56,

+TCPTRANS:ERROR

The command format is incorrect.

AT+TCPTRANS=220.199.66.56,6800

OK

+TCPTRANS:FAIL

Fails to set up a transparent TCP connection.

AT+TCPTRANS=220.199.66.56,6800

+TCPTRANS: ERROR1

A transparent (TCP, UDP, TCP server) connection has been set up.

6.2 AT+UDPTRANS–Setting Up Transparent UDP

Connection

To set up a transparent UDP link

UDP data can be transparently transmitted after the transparent UDP connection is set up

successfully and +UDPTRANS:OK is returned. At most 4096-byte data can be sent or received in

transparent mode.

The UART does not display the data transmitted to the server after the transparent UDP connection is

set up successfully.

Page 97: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 6 Transparent TCP/UDP Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 97

Use +++ to switch the server to the command mode and ATO to switch it to the data mode.

The module will disconnect the transparent link if a call or message is incoming.

In IPv6 single stack, ip_type is IPv6 by default. In IPv4 single stack and IPv4v6 double stack, ip_type

is IPv4 by default.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+UDPTRANS=<ip>,<port>[,<ip_type>]<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<ip> destination IP address, in xx.xx.xx.xx format or in domain name format

(www.XXXXX.com).

<port> destination port ID in decimal ASCII code

<port> Destination port ID in decimal ASCII code.

<ip_type>: Type of the destination IP address.

IPv4

IPv6

Example

AT+UDPTRANS=220.199.66.56,6800 OK

+UDPTRANS: OK

A transparent UDP connection is set up

successfully.

AT+UDPTRANS=2408:84fb:213:bdc1:7d7b:b58b:2a92:d

564,25801,IPV6

OK

+UDPTRANS: OK

Set up a transparent IPv6 UDP connection.

Successful

AT+UDPTRANS=neowayjsr.oicp.net,60010

OK

+UDPTRANS:OK

A transparent UDP connection is set up by using

domain name successfully.

AT+UDPTRANS=220.199.66.56,6800

OK Fails to set up a transparent UDP connection.

Page 98: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 6 Transparent TCP/UDP Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 98

+UDPTRANS:FAIL

AT+UDPTRANS=220.199.66.56,6800

+UDPTRANS: ERROR1

A transparent (TCP, UDP, TCP server) connection

has been set up.

6.3 AT+TCPACK–Querying Status of Data Sent by

Transparent TCP Socket

To query the size of data successfully sent through the transparent TCP connection and the size of the

data successfully received.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+TCPACK<CR>

<CR><LF>+TCPACK:

<data_sent>,<acked_recv><CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>+TCPACK: DISCONNECT<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>+TCPACK: NO TCP LINK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<data_sent> Data transparently transmitted through this socket successfully

<acked_recv> Transparently transmitted data acknowledged by the receiver

Example

AT+TCPACK

+TCPACK:1024,1024

1024-byte data is successfully sent and received

in transparent mode.

AT+TCPACK

+TCPACK:DISCONNECT

No transparent connection is set up.

AT+TCPACK

+TCPACK:NO TCP LINK

A transparent UDP connection is set up.

Page 99: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 6 Transparent TCP/UDP Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 99

6.4 AT+IPSTATUS–Querying TCP/UDP Socket Status

To query the TCP/UDP socket status.

This command can be used to query the status of the transparent socket.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+IPSTATUS<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<CONNECT or DISCONNECT> Socket status, value: CONNECT or DISCONNECT

<TCP or UDP> Socket type, value: TCP or UDP

<send-buffer-size> The size of the available send buffer on the module, in decimal

ASCII mode, unit: byte

Example

AT+IPSTATU

ERROR

The AT command is not complete.

AT+IPSTATUS

+IPSTATUS:CONNECT,TCP, 61440

A transparent TCP connection is set up. The

available buffer is 61440 bytes.

AT+IPSTATUS

+IPSTATUS:CONNECT,UDP, 61440

A transparent UDP connection is set up. The

available buffer is 61440 bytes.

AT+IPSTATUS

+IPSTATUS:DISCONNECT

No transparent connection has been set up.

6.5 AT+TRANSCLOSE–Closing Transparent Socket

To close the transparent socket

Page 100: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 6 Transparent TCP/UDP Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 100

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+TRANSCLOSE<CR>

<CR><LF>+TRANSCLOSE: 1,OK

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

N/A.

Example

AT+TRANSCLOSE

+TRANSCLOSE:0,OK

A transparent TCP socket is closed successfully.

AT+TRANSCLOSE

ERROR

No transparent TCP/UDP socket is set up.

AT+TRANSCLOSE

+TRANSCLOSE:1,OK

A transparent UDP socket is closed successfully.

+TCPTRANS:Link Closed The transparent TCP socket is closed.

+UDPTRANS:Link Closed The transparent UDP socket is closed.

Page 101: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 7 Transparent TCP Server Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 101

7 Transparent TCP Server Commands

7.1 AT+TCPSRVTRANS–Setting Listening for

Transparent TCP

To set transparent listening for the TCP server.

A connection must be set up between the server and the client through a socket before the server

transparently transmits TCP data.

Use +++ to switch the server to command mode and ATO to switch it to data mode.

Only the SIM cards with fixed IP addresses can be used as servers.

The server set up in transparent mode can be connected to only one TCP client (transparent mode or

non-transparent mode).

The server will automatically disconnect from the client if a call or message is incoming.

By executing this command, the IPv4/IPv6 listening is established in IPv4/IPv6 single stack; the IPv4

and IPv6 listening is established in IPv4 and IPv6 stacks.

Format

Type Command Response

Set AT+TCPSRVTRANS=<port><CR> <CR><LF>+TCPSRVTRANS: <result><CR><LF>

Query AT+TCPSRVTRANS?<CR> <CR><LF>+TCPSRVTRANS: <status><CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<port> Destination port ID in decimal ASCII code.

<result> OK

bind error

Page 102: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 7 Transparent TCP Server Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 102

Listening...

listening status

not listening

GPRS DISCONNECTION

<status> listening status

not listening

Threshold value of data packet to be transmitted, ranging from 1 to 2048.

Example

AT+TCPSRVTRANS=6800

+TCPSRVTRANS:OK

Listening port ID: 6800

The transparent listening of the TCP server is

started.

AT+TCPSRVTRANS=6800

+TCPSRVTRANS:bind error

Fails to bind

AT+TCPSRVTRANS=6800

Transparent Listening...

Transparent listening is set.

AT+TCPSRVTRANS?

+ TCPSRVTRANS:listening status

Query the listening status.

The server is listened.

AT+TCPSRVTRANS?

+TCPSRVTRANS:not listening

Query the listening status.

The server is not listened.

AT+TCPSRVTRANS=5000

PLEASE BUILD PPP LINK FIRST!

PDP is not activated.

Connect AcceptSocket=0,ClientAddr=119.123.77.133,ClientPort=8000

Receive the connection request from the client. The client has set up socket 0 with the module and

119.123.77.133 is the IP address of the client, 8000 is the port ID of the client.

7.2 AT+CLIENTSTATUS–Querying Socket Status of

Client

To query the socket status of the client.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+CLIENTSTATUS<CR>

<CR><LF>+CLIENTSTATUS: <CONNECT or

DISCONNECT>,<TCP>,

<send-buffer-size><CR><LF>

Page 103: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 7 Transparent TCP Server Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 103

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<CONNECT or DISCONNECT> Socket status, value: CONNECT or DISCONNECT

<TCP> Socket type, value: TCP

<send-buffer-size> The size of the available send buffer on the module, in decimal

ASCII mode, unit: byte.

Example

AT+CLIENTSTATUS

+CLIENTSTATUS:CONNECT,TCP,61440

A transparent TCP connection is set up and the

buffer size is 61440 bytes.

AT+CLIENTSTATUS

+CLIENTSTATUS:DISCONNECT,TCP,61440

No transparent TCP connection is set up. The

available buffer is 61440.

Page 104: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 8 FTP Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 104

8 FTP Commands

8.1 AT+FTPLOGIN–Logging in to the FTP Server

To log in to the FTP server.

⚫ The FTP functions cannot be used together with the internal protocol stack TCP/UDP function.

⚫ Data can be read or written on the FTP server only after login.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+FTPLOGIN=<ip>,<port>,<us

er>,<pwd>[,<ftpmode>]<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>+FTPLOGIN: <result>

Or

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>+FTP: Server Control Link

Disconnect<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Unsolicited report +FTPLOGIN:<result>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 30s.

Parameter

<ip> FTP server address

<port> Port ID of the FTP server, 21

<user> The user name to log in to the FTP server.

The length of the user name cannot exceed 100 ASCII codes and the user name

cannot contain comma (,).

<pwd> The password for the user account to log in to the FTP server.

Page 105: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 8 FTP Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 105

The length of the password cannot exceed 100 bytes in ASCII code and the

password cannot contain comma (,).

<result> ⚫ Error: The format of the AT command is incorrect

⚫ Have Logged In: The user has logged in to the FTP server.

⚫ AT Busy: Last FTP AT command has not been executed completely.

⚫ User logged in: The user logged in to the FTP server successfully.

⚫ 530 Not logged in: The user failed to log in to the FTP server because the

user account or password is incorrect.

⚫ GPRS DISCONNECTION: The user logged in to the FTP server before a PPP

link is set up.

Example

At+FTPLOGIN=219.134.179.52,21,user1,pwd2009

OK

+FTPLOGIN: User logged in

user1 logs in to the server 219.134.179.52

through port 21 successfully. And the password

for user1 is pwd2009.

AT+FTPLOGIN=58.60.184.213,21,neoway,neoway

OK

+FTPLOGIN: Error Connect Server Fail

Fails to log in to the FTP server using neoway

because the connection times out.

AT+FTPLOGIN=58.60.184.213,21,neowayftp,neowayftp

OK

+FTP:Server Control Link Disconnect

Fails to log in to the FTP server.

8.2 AT+FTPLOGOUT–Logging Out from the FTP Server

To log out from the FTP server

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+FTPLOGOUT<CR>

<CR><LF>+FTPLOGOUT: User logged out

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: INVALID SOCKET

ID<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Page 106: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 8 FTP Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 106

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

N/A

Example

AT+FTPLOGOUT

+CME ERROR: INVALID SOCKET ID

OK

Log out from the FTP server

AT+FTPLOGOUT

+CME ERROR: INVALID SOCKET ID

ERROR

Log out of the FTP server because the FTP server is

offline.

8.3 AT+FTPGET–Downloading Data from the FTP Server

To download data from the FTP server

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+FTPGET=<dir&filename>,<type>,<

Content or Info>[,offset[,lenth]] <CR>

<CR><LF>+FTPGET: Error Not

Login<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>+FTPGET: Error Not

Login<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>+FTPGET: Error

TimeOut<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>+FTPGET:

<length>,<data><CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>+FTPGET: OK.total length is

<n><CR><LF>

Or

Page 107: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 8 FTP Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 107

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Unsolicited

report +FTPSTATE: <result>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 30s.

Parameter

<dir&filename> Path and name of the file to be read. The file directory is under the FTP root

directory.

<type> File transfer mode

1: ASCII

2: Binary

<Content or Info> File content or file (or specified directory) information

1: Obtain the file content

2: Obtain the information of the file or the specified path

<offset> Specifies offset of file content.

<length> Length of file downloaded from the start point, ranging from 1 to 8192

<length> Length of content obtained, byte

<content> Content obtained

<n> The module reads data successfully and the data length is n.

Example

AT+FTPGET=test.txt,1,2

+FTPGET: 65,-rw-rw-rw- 1 user group

10 Jan 15 15:01 test.txt

+FTPGET: OK.total length is 65

+FTP: Server Data Link Disconnect

Obtain the information about test.txt.

AT+FTPPUT=test.txt,1,2,10

>

+FTPPUT: OK,10

Upload 10-byte data.

AT+FTPGET=test.txt,1,1

+FTPGET: 10,0123456789

+FTPGET: OK.total length is 10

+FTP: Server Data Link Disconnect

Obtain the information in test.txt.

AT+FTPGET=test.txt,1,1,2

+FTPGET: 8,23456789

Read all data after the first byte.

Page 108: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 8 FTP Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 108

+FTPGET: OK.total length is 8

+FTP: Server Data Link Disconnect

AT+FTPGET=test.txt,1,1,2,4

+FTPGET: 4,2345

+FTPGET: OK.total length is 4

+FTP: Server Data Link Disconnect

Read 4-byte data after the first byte.

8.4 AT+FTPPUT–Uploading Data to the FTP Server

To upload data to the FTP server.

Use +++ to exit from transparent transmission mode and end uploading

In transparent mode, it is recommended to use buffer mode or APPE mode for large files. Otherwise,

the port will be occupied all the time and this affects other commands.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+FTPPUT=<filename>,<type

>,<mode>[,<size>]<CR>

None-transparent <CR><LF>+FTPPUT:

OK,<size><CR><LF>

Transparent

<CR><LF>CONNECT

<CR><LF>+FTPPUT: OK,<size><CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>+FTPPUT:Error Not Login<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>+FTPPUT:AT Busy<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>+FTPPUT:SIZE Error

(None-transparent))

Or

<CR><LF>+FTPPUT:OK,<n><CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>+FTPPUT:Delete File OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Page 109: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 8 FTP Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 109

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<filename> The name of the file to be uploaded, the file directory under the FTP root directory

<type> File transfer mode

1: ASCII

2: Binary

<mode> Operation mode

1: STOR mode. Create a file on the FTP server and write the data to the file. If the

file exists, the original file is overwritten.

2: APPE mode. Create a file on the FTP server and write the data to the file. If the

file exists, the data is attached to the end of the file.

3: DELE mode. Delete a file.

<n> Data length.

Example

AT+FTPPUT=test.txt,1,1,10

>1234567890

+FTPPUT: OK,10

Upload the text.txt file, which is 10 bytes. The file is

transferred in ASCII and the operated in STORE.

AT+FTPPUT=test.txt,1,2,10

>1234567890

+FTPPUT: OK,10

Upload the text.txt file, which is 10 bytes. The file is

transferred in ASCII and the operated in APPE.

AT+FTPPUT=test.txt,1,3,0

+FTPPUT: Delete File OK

Delete the test.txt file.

AT+FTPPUT=test.txt,1,1

CONNECT

1234567890

+FTPPUT:OK,10

Transparent mode

AT+FTPPUT=test.txt,1,2

CONNECT

1234567890

+FTPPUT:OK,10

Transparent mode

AT+FTPPUT=test.txt,1,3

+FTPPUT:Delete File OK

Transparent mode

AT+FTPSIZE=test_500.txt,100

ERROR

The command format is incorrect.

Page 110: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 8 FTP Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 110

8.5 AT+FTPSTATUS–Querying FTP Link Status

To query the FTP link status

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+FTPSTATUS<CR> <CR><LF>+FTPSTATUS: <status>,<ip>,

<port><CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<status> 0: The FTP link has not been set up.

1: The FTP link has been set up.

<ip> The IP address of the FTP server

<port> The port of the FTP server

Example

AT+FTPSTATUS

+FTPSTATUS: 1,119.139.221.66,21

The module is successfully connected to the FTP server.

AT+FTPSTATUS

+FTPSTATUS: 0,0.0.0.0,21

Not logged in

Page 111: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 111

9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands

9.1 AT+HTTPPARA–Setting HTTP Parameters

To set HTTP parameters.

In IPv6 single stack, ip_type is IPv6 by default. In IPv4 single stack and IPv4v6 double stack, ip_type

is IPv4 by default.

Format

Type Command Response

Set AT+HTTPPARA=<para>,<para_value>[,<ip_type>]<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300ms.

Parameter

<para> HTTP parameters, supporting the following two parameters:

url: Destination path

port: Destination port ID (no default value)

keepalive: set long-time connection

para_value=0 default

para_value=1 long-time connection

recvmode: receive mode

para_value=0 default mode, only one +HTTPRECV: header is included in one HTTP

response

para_value=1 data is displayed in format of +HTTPRECV: <length>,<data>

<para_value> Value of <para>. The value of url contains at most 2048 bytes and url supports domain

name translation.

<ip_type> Type of the destination IP address when <para> is url.

IPv4

IPv6

Page 112: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 112

Example

AT+HTTPPARA =url,www.neoway.com.cn/en/index.aspx

OK

Set the Neoway homepage as the URL. The URL

supports domain name translation.

AT+HTTPPARA=url,121.15.200.97/Service1.asmx/GetNote

OK

Set URL.

AT+HTTPPARA=url,

ERROR

The AT command is not complete.

AT+HTTPPARA=port,80

OK

Set the destination port ID to 80.

AT+HTTPPARA=port,8080

OK

Set the destination port ID to 8080.

9.2 AT+HTTPSETUP–Setting Up HTTP Connection

To set up an HTTP connection

The connection is set up successfully only after setting the destination address and port ID correctly.

Ensure that a network connection has been set up successfully before setting an HTTP connection.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+HTTPSETUP<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 30s.

Parameter

N/A.

Example

AT+HTTPSETUP

OK

Set up an HTTP connection

Successful

AT+HTTPSETUP

+HTTPSETUP: FAIL

Set up an HTTP connection

DNS translation fails

Page 113: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 113

9.3 AT+HTTPACTION – Executing HTTP Request

To execute an HTTP request

Comply with the HTTP protocol when defining packets.

Add a carriage return to the end of the packets if the HTTP request is set to custom packet mode.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute

⚫ AT+HTTPACTION=<mode

>[,<length>[,<type>]]<CR>

⚫ AT+HTTPACTION=<mode

>[,<offset>,<size>]<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>><post_content><CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>+HTTPACTION:SOCKET ID OPEN

FAILED<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>+HTTPSEND: ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 30s.

Parameter

<mode> HTTP request mode, available value can be 0, 1, 2, 99

0: GET

1: HEAD

2: POST

99: OPEN_MODE, custom packet mode

<length> POST content length or custom packet length; mandatory when <mode> is set to

POST or OPEN_MODE, 2048 at most.

<type> data type of POST request

0: x-www-form-url encoded

1: text

2: json

3: xml

4: html

Page 114: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 114

<offset> Offset in GET mode

<size> Size of file to be downloaded in GET mode

<post_content> Content sent through HTTPPOST

Example

AT+HTTPPARA=url,www.neoway.com.cn/en/index.aspx

OK

AT+HTTPSETUP

OK

AT+HTTPACTION=0

OK

+HTTPRECV:

HTTP/1.1 200 OK

Cache-Control: private

Content-Type: text/html; charset=utf-8

Server: Microsoft-IIS/7.5

Set-Cookie: ASP.NET_SessionId=rh3fjg554ufzb145aevgzz45; path=/; HttpOnly

X-AspNet-Version: 2.0.50727

X-Powered-By: ASP.NET

X-UA-Compatible: IE=EmulateIE7

Date: Wed, 02 Mar 2016 06:52:35 GMT

Connection: close

Content-Length: 13842

/*neoway homepage, html format, 13842 bytes*/

……..

/* neoway homepage*/

+HTTPCLOSED: HTTP Link Closed

Set the destination path.

Set up an HTTP connection.

GET request

Receive the response from

the HTTP server.

The server finishes the

response and disconnects

the connection.

AT+HTTPPARA =url,www.neoway.com.cn/en/index.aspx

OK

AT+HTTPSETUP

OK

AT+HTTPACTION=1

OK

+HTTPRECV:

HTTP/1.1 200 OK

Cache-Control: private

Content-Length: 13842

Content-Type: text/html; charset=utf-8

Server: Microsoft-IIS/7.5

Set-Cookie: ASP.NET_SessionId=znt4fqabqsuclz55pvfufn55; path=/; HttpOnly

X-AspNet-Version: 2.0.50727

X-Powered-By: ASP.NET

X-UA-Compatible: IE=EmulateIE7

Date: Thu, 28 Nov 2013 03:32:35 GMT

Set the destination path.

Set up an HTTP connection

HEAD request

The HTTP server responds.

Page 115: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 115

Connection: close

+HTTPCLOSED: HTTP Link Closed

AT+HTTPPARA=url,121.15.200.97/Service1.asmx/GetNote

OK

AT+HTTPPARA=port,8080

OK

AT+HTTPSETUP

OK

AT+HTTPACTION=2,23

>MAC=NEOWAY&DATA=0123456

OK

+HTTPRECV:

HTTP/1.1 200 OK

Cache-Control: private, max-age=0

Content-Type: text/xml; charset=utf-8

Server: Microsoft-IIS/7.5

X-AspNet-Version: 4.0.30319

X-Powered-By: ASP.NET

Date: Thu, 28 Nov 2013 03:41:52 GMT

Connection: close

Content-Length: 98

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>

<string xmlns="http://wsliu.cn/">NEOWAY+0123456

</string>

+HTTPCLOSED: HTTP Link Closed

Set destination path

Set the destination port

ID as 8080.

Set up an HTTP connection

POST request.

Send 23 bytes; enter the

contents to be uploaded

after > is displayed.

Receive the response from

the HTTP server.

The server replies an XML

file containing the

uploaded content NEOWAY

and 0123456.

The server disconnected

with the module after it

finished responding.

AT+HTTPPARA=url,www.neoway.com.cn/en/index.aspx

OK

AT+HTTPSETUP

OK

AT+HTTPACTION=99,76

>HEAD /en/index.aspx HTTP/1.1

connection: close

HOST: www.neoway.com.cn

OK

+HTTPRECV:

HTTP/1.1 200 OK

Cache-Control: private

Content-Length: 13842

Content-Type: text/html; charset=utf-8

Server: Microsoft-IIS/7.5

Set-Cookie: ASP.NET_SessionId=pvlaai3fizxg44eyvyqsyenk; path=/; HttpOnly

X-AspNet-Version: 2.0.50727

Set destination path

The HTTP connection is set

up through port 80.

Send 76-byte user-defined

packets

Receive the response from

the HTTP server.

Page 116: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 116

X-Powered-By: ASP.NET

X-UA-Compatible: IE=EmulateIE7

Date: Thu, 28 Nov 2013 05:40:24 GMT

Connection: close

+HTTPCLOSED: HTTP Link Closed

The server disconnects

with the module after it

finishes responding.

AT+HTTPACTION=0

+HTTPACTION: SOCKET ID OPEN FAILED

PPP is not enabled or SOC

connection encountered an

error.

AT+HTTPACTION=0

+HTTPSETUP: ERROR Failed to send data.

AT+HTTPACTION=2,adasd

ERROR Other errors

9.4 AT+HTTPCLOSE–Closing an HTTP Socket

To close an HTTP socket

After the +HTTPCLOSE command is sent, the HTTP socket is closed and the setting of +HTTPPARA

is cleared.

Only OK is returned after running this command if the HTTP socket is not connecting.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+HTTPCLOSE<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Unsolicited report +HTTPCLOSE: <result>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300ms.

Parameter

<result> HTTP Link Closed: HTTP link is closed

ERROR: Fails to close the link

Page 117: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 117

Example

AT+HTTPCLOSE

OK

+HTTPCLOSE: HTTP Link Closed

Close the HTTP socket.

Unsolicited report after socket is closed successfully.

AT+HTTPCLOSE

OK

The HTTP socket is not connecting; only OK is returned

9.5 +HTTPRECV–Unsolicited HTTP Data Output

Unsolicited HTTP data output

When the module receives HTTP data from the network, the UART prints the data automatically.

Format

Type Command

Unsolicited report ⚫ +HTTPRECV: <datas>

⚫ +HTTPRECV: <length>,<datas>

Timeout

N/A.

Parameter

<length> <length>

<data> Data received through the HTTP socket

Example

+HTTPRECV:

HTTP/1.1 200 OK

Cache-Control: private

Content-Length: 13842

Content-Type: text/html; charset=utf-8

Server: Microsoft-IIS/7.5

Set-Cookie: ASP.NET_SessionId=pvlaai3fizxg44eyvyqsyenk; path=/;

HttpOnly

X-AspNet-Version: 2.0.50727

X-Powered-By: ASP.NET

Report the data received from

the HTTP connection.

Page 118: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 118

X-UA-Compatible: IE=EmulateIE7

Date: Thu, 28 Nov 2013 05:40:24 GMT

Connection: close

+HTTPCLOSED: HTTP Link Closed

+HTTPRECV: 803,HTTP/1.1 206 Partial Content

Cache-Control: no-cache

Connection: Keep-Alive

Content-Length: 10

Content-Range: bytes 0-9/14615

Content-Type: text/html

Date: Tue, 10 Jul 2018 00:55:30 GMT

Etag: "5b3c3650-3917"

Last-Modified: Wed, 04 Jul 2018 02:52:00 GMT

P3p: CP=" OTI DSP COR IVA OUR IND COM "

Pragma: no-cache

Server: BWS/1.1

Set-Cookie: BAIDUID=F18E6894A34321D8CF9AAF28C14FACC9:FG=1;

expires=Thu, 31-Dec-37 23:55:55 GMT; max-age=2147483647; path=/;

domain=.baidu.com

Set-Cookie: BIDUPSID=F18E6894A34321D8CF9AAF28C14FACC9;

expires=Thu, 31-Dec-37 23:55:55 GMT; max-age=2147483647; path=/;

domain=.baidu.com

Set-Cookie: PSTM=1531184130; expires=Thu, 31-Dec-37 23:55:55 GMT;

max-age=2147483647; path=/; domain=.baidu.com

Vary: Accept-Encoding

X-Ua-Compatible: IE=Edge,chrome=1

<!DOCTYPE

Data format when RECVMODE is

set to 1

9.6 +HTTPCLOSED–HTTP Socket Closed

Unsolicited report of the HTTP socket closing

Format

Type Command

Unsolicited report <CR><LF>+HTTPCLOSE: Link Closed<CR><LF>

Timeout

N/A

Page 119: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 119

Parameter

N/A

Example

+HTTPCLOSED: HTTP Link Closed Unsolicited report of the HTTP socket closing

9.7 AT+HTTPSCFG–Configuring SSL Parameters for

HTTPS

To configure SSL parameters for HTTPS.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+HTTPSCFG=<type>,<type_n

ame><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT+HTTPSCFGA?<CR> <CR><LF>+HTTPSCFG: <type>,<type_name>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Test AT+HTTPSCFGA=?<CR>

<CR><LF>+HTTPSCFG:

<sslversion>,<authmode>,<cacert>,<clientcert>,<

clientkey>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<type> SSL options

sslversion: SSL version

authmode: authentication mode

ciphersuite: Cipher suite

cacert: CA certificate

clientcert: Client certificate

Page 120: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 120

clientkey: Client key

<type_name> setting of SSL

sslversion:

0: SSL3.0

1: TLS1.0

2: TLS1.1

3: TLS1.2

Authmode:

0: No authentication

1: Manage server authentication

2: Manage server and client authentication if requested by the remote server

Cacert: string type, CA certificate

Clientcert: string type, client certificate

Clientkey: string type, client key

If authmode is set to 0, you do not have to set cacert, clientcert, or clientkey..

Example

AT+ HTTPSCFG =”sslversion”,0

OK Set SSL version to ssl3.0.

AT+ HTTPSCFG =”authmode”,0

OK Set no authentication.

AT+ HTTPSCFG?

+HTTPSCFG: 0,1,,ca.pem,cc.pem,ck.pem

OK

Query current SSL settings.

AT+ HTTPSCFG =?

+ HTTPSCFG: <type>,<type_name>

OK

Query the value range of parameters.

9.8 AT+HTTPSPARA–Setting HTTPS Parameters

To set HTTPS parameters.

Set new HTTPS parameters for new HTTPS requests.

After the +HTTPSCLOSE command is sent, the connection is closed and parameter settings will be

cleared.

In IPv6 single stack, ip_type is IPv6 by default. In IPv4 single stack and IPv4v6 double stack, ip_type

is IPv4 by default.

Page 121: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 121

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+HTTPSPARA=<para>,<para_

value>[,<ip_type>]<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<para> HTTPS parameters, supporting the following two parameters:

url: Destination path

port: Destination port ID

keepalive: set long-time connection

recvmode: receive mode

para_value=0 default mode, only one +HTTPRECV: header is included in one

HTTP response

para_value=1 data is displayed in format of +HTTPRECV: <length>,<data>

<para_value> The value of <para>. The value of url contains at most 512 bytes and url

supports domain name translation.

<ip_type>: Type of the destination IP address when <para> is url.

IPv4

IPv6

Example

AT+HTTPSPARA=url,www.alipay.com/index.html

OK

Set the alipay homepage as the URL. The URL

supports domain name translation.

AT+HTTPSPARA=url,support.cdmatech.com/index.html

OK

Set URL.

AT+HTTPSPARA=url,www.taobao.com,IPV6

OK

Set the destination path to the IPv6 domain name of Taobao.

AT+HTTPSPARA=port,443

OK

Set the destination port ID to 443.

9.9 AT+HTTPSSETUP–Setting up HTTPS Connection

To set up an HTTPS connection.

The connection is set up successfully only after setting the destination address and port ID correctly.

Page 122: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 122

Ensure that PPP dialing is successful before an HTTPS connection is set up.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+HTTPSSETUP<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 30s.

Parameter

N/A.

Example

AT+HTTPSSETUP

OK

Set up an HTTPS connection

Successful

AT+HTTPSSETUP

ERROR

Set up an HTTPS connection

Failed.

9.10 AT+HTTPSACTION–Executing HTTPS Request

To execute an HTTPS request.

Comply with the HTTP protocol when defining packets.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute

⚫ AT+HTTPSACTION=<mode>[,<length>[,<t

ype>]<CR>

⚫ AT+HTTPSACTION=<mode>[,<offset>,<si

ze>]<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Page 123: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 123

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 30s.

Parameter

<mode> HTTPS request mode, available value can be 0, 1, 2, 99

0: GET

1: HEAD

2: POST

99: OPEN_MODE, custom packet mode

<length> POST content length, ranging from 1 to 2048; or custom packet length when

<mode> is set to POST or OPEN_MODE

<type> data type of POST request

0: x-www-form-urlencoded

1: text

2: json

3: xml

4: html

<offset> specifies the start of file to be downloaded in GET mode

<size> specifies download size for file download in GET mode

Example

AT+HTTPSPARA=url,support.cdmatech.com/login/

OK

AT+HTTPSPARA=port,443

OK

AT+HTTPSSETUP

OK

AT+HTTPSACTION=0

OK

+HTTPSRECV:

HTTP/1.1 200 OK

Server: QUALCOMM

X-Powered-By: Servlet/2.5 JSP/2.1

Content-Type: text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1

Date: Sat, 15 Feb 2014 05:58:54 GMT

Content-Length: 7630

Connection: close

Set-Cookie:

JSESSIONID=8V1dS1CpzlPcyNl2LzJZLQgDxWclpMJzP3FHZhVhpGb8

3GVM02sn!1955538012; path=/; HttpOnly

/*homepage, html format*/

……..

/*homepage*/

Set the destination path.

Set the destination port.

Set up an HTTPS connection.

GET request.

Receive the request from the HTTPS

server.

The server responded and then

disconnected the connection.

Page 124: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 124

+HTTPSCLOSED: HTTPS Link Closed

AT+HTTPSPARA=url,support.cdmatech.com/login/

OK

AT+HTTPSPARA=port,443

OK

AT+HTTPSSETUP

OK

AT+HTTPSACTION=1

OK

+HTTPSRECV:

HTTP/1.1 200 OK

Server: QUALCOMM

X-Powered-By: Servlet/2.5 JSP/2.1

Content-Type: text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1

Date: Sat, 15 Feb 2014 06:05:39 GMT

Content-Length: 0

Connection: close

Set-Cookie:

JSESSIONID=qyNVS1DSmnjS9cvh72yW1xz1jtjBBRj0yv0zTmMy2LVy

BG7HK02b!1955538012; path=/; HttpOnly

+HTTPSCLOSED: HTTPS Link Closed

Set the destination path.

Set the destination port.

Set up an HTTPS connection.

HEAD request

The HTTPS server responds.

AT+HTTPSPARA=url,mybank.icbc.com.cn/icbc/perbank/index.

jsp

OK

AT+HTTPSPARA=port,443

OK

AT+HTTPSSETUP

OK

AT+HTTPSACTION=99,500

>POST /icbc/perbank/index.jsp HTTP/1.1<CRLF> /*custom

header*/

Connection: close<CRLF> /* custom header */

Host: mybank.icbc.com.cn<CRLF> /* custom header */

Content-Length: 10<CRLF> /* custom header */

Content-Type: application/x-www-form-urlencoded<CRLF> /*

custom header */

<CRLF><CRLF>

/*data to be sent*/

……

+HTTPSRECV:

/*homepage, html format*/

……..

/*homepage*/

+HTTPSCLOSED: HTTPS Link Closed

Set the destination path.

Set the port.

Set up an HTTPS connection.

Send 69-byte custom packets.

The HTTPS server responded.

The server closed the link after

responding.

Page 125: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 125

9.11 AT+HTTPSCLOSE–Closing HTTPS Socket

To close an HTTPS socket.

After the +HTTPSCLOSE command is sent, the HTTPS socket is closed and the setting of

+HTTPPARA is cleared.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+HTTPSCLOSE<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

N/A.

Example

AT+HTTPSCLOSE

OK

+HTTPSCLOSE: HTTPS Link Closed

Close the HTTPS socket.

9.12 AT+HTTPSRECV–Unsolicited HTTPS Data Output

Unsolicited HTTPS data output

When the module receives HTTPS data from the client, the UART prints the data automatically.

Format

Type Command

Page 126: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 126

Unsolicited report ⚫ <CR><LF>+HTTPSRECV: <CR><LF><datas>

⚫ <CR><LF>+HTTPSRECV: <length>,<datas>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<datas> Data received through the HTTPS connection.

Example

+HTTPSRECV:

HTTP/1.1 200 OK

Cache-Control: private

Content-Length: 13842

Content-Type: text/html; charset=utf-8

Server: Microsoft-IIS/7.5

Set-Cookie: ASP.NET_SessionId=pvlaai3fizxg44eyvyqsyenk; path=/;

HttpOnly

X-AspNet-Version: 2.0.50727

X-Powered-By: ASP.NET

X-UA-Compatible: IE=EmulateIE7

Date: Thu, 28 Nov 2013 05:40:24 GMT

Connection: close

+HTTPSCLOSED: HTTPS Link Closed

Report the data received

from the HTTPS connection.

+HTTPSRECV: 832,HTTP/1.1 206 Partial Content

Server: Tengine/2.1.0

Date: Tue, 10 Jul 2018 01:09:25 GMT

Content-Type: text/html; charset=utf-8

Content-Length: 10

Connection: keep-alive

x-server-id: 40-5005

request-id: 0bea4b2215311849654971530e6674

Accept-Ranges: bytes

set-cookie: ctoken=MBHI38pHhdL6q0ltGFqjkviz; path=/;

domain=.alipay.com; secure

set-cookie:

ALIPAYJSESSIONID=jMi6e4Q2JmIN8HRk68wm53KXisfnB5H0homeproxy; path=/;

domain=.alipay.com

x-frame-options: SAMEORIGIN

x-xss-protection: 1; mode=block

x-content-type-options: nosniff

x-download-options: noopen

Data format when RECVMODE is

set to 1

Page 127: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 127

strict-transport-security: max-age=31536000

Content-Range: bytes 0-9/21651

x-readtime: 2

Set-Cookie: ssl_upgrade=0;path=/;secure;

Set-Cookie:

spanner=aGuTtGMbvBcOy1dCyZ/e4JI97JSiPcR1Xt2T4qEYgj0=;path=/;secure;

Via: spanner-internet-g2-35.em14[206]

9.13 +HTTPSCLOSED–HTTPS Link Closed Report

Unsolicited report that an HTTPS link is closed.

Format

Type Command

Unsolicited report +HTTPSCLOSED: HTTPS Link Closed

Timeout

N/A.

Parameter

N/A.

Example

+HTTPSCLOSED: HTTPS Link Closed Unsolicited report that the HTTPS link is closed.

9.14 AT+HTTPOPEN–Setting up HTTP Connection

To set up an HTTP connection.

Ensure that a network connection has been set up successfully before setting an HTTP connection.

Page 128: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 128

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+HTTPOPEN=<id>,<url>,<port>[,<

keepalive>[,<recvmode>]]<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<id> socket ID, ranging from 0 to 4

<url> destination path

<port> The port of the server.

<keepalive> Set the long connection.

1: long connection

0: short connection (default)

<recvmode> receive mode

1: print received data directly

0: buffer received data and MCU sends AT+HTTPREAD to read the data (default)

Example

AT+HTTPOPEN=1,58.60.184.213/index.html,12002,1,1

+HTTPOPEN: 1,OK

Set up an HTTP connection.

Successful

AT+HTTPOPEN=1,58.60.184.21/index.html,12002,1,1

+HTTPOPEN: 1,FAIL

Set up an HTTPS connection.

Failed

9.15 AT+HTTPREQ–HTTP Request

To execute HTTP request.

Customized packets must comply with the HTTP protocol.

Add a carriage return to the end of the packets if the HTTP request is set to custom packet mode.

Format

Type Command Response

Page 129: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 129

Execute

⚫ AT+HTTPREQ=<id>,<mode>[,<length>[

,<type>]]<CR>

⚫ AT+HTTPREQ=<id>,<mode>[,<offset>,

<size>]<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<id> socket ID, ranging from 0 to 4.

<mode> HTTPS request mode

0: GET

1: HEAD

2: POST

99: OPEN_MODE. You can customize the packet mode.

<length> the length of POST content or custom packets. You must set it if you set.

<type> POST request data type.

0: x-www-form-urlencoded

1: text

2: json

3: xml

4: html

<offset> Offset, specifies where file data starts.

<size> Length of file downloaded from the start point in GET mode.

Example

AT+HTTPOPEN=1,www.baidu.com/,80,1

+HTTPOPEN: 1,OK

AT+HTTPREQ=1,1

+HTTPREQ: 1,OK

+HTTPRSP: 1

+HTTPCLS: 1,Link Closed

To set up an HTTP connection.

HEAD request.

Receive the response from the HTTP server.

HTTP socket is closed.

9.16 AT+HTTPCLS–Closing HTTP Connection

To close an HTTP connection.

Page 130: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 130

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+HTTPCLS=<id><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

N/A.

Example

AT+HTTPCLS=1

+HTTPCLS: 1,OK Close the HTTPconnection.

9.17 AT+HTTPRSP–Receiving HTTP Data

Unsolicited report of data HTTP socket receives.

Data report mode is determined by the setting of <recvmode> in AT+HTTSOPEN.

⚫ Report ID only when recvmode is set to 0 and data is read by AT+HTTPREAD.

⚫ Report data received directly when recvmode is set to 1.

Format

Type Command

Unsolicited

report

⚫ <CR><LF>+HTTPRSP: <id><CR><LF>

⚫ <CR><LF>+HTTPRSP: <id>,<length>,<datas><CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Page 131: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 131

Parameter

<id> socket ID, ranging from 0 to 4

<length> Data length.

<datas> data HTTP socket receives.

Example

AT+HTTPOPEN=1,www.baidu.com/,80,1

+HTTPOPEN: 1,OK

AT+HTTPREQ=1,1

+HTTPREQ: 1,OK

+HTTPRSP: 1

Unsolicited report of data HTTP socket receives.

9.18 AT+HTTPRSP–Reading HTTP Data

To read HTTP data.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+HTTPREAD=<id>,<length>,<read_h

ead><CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<id> socket ID, ranging from 0 to 4.

<length> data length, ranging from 1 to 4096.

<read_head> specifies whether to read HTTP header

0: skip header

1: read heard (default)

Page 132: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 132

Example

AT+HTTPOPEN=1,www.baidu.com/,80,1

+HTTPOPEN: 1,OK

AT+HTTPREQ=1,1

+HTTPREQ: 1,OK

+HTTPRSP: 1

AT+HTTPREAD=1,4096

+HTTPREAD: 1,176,HTTP/1.1 302 Found

Connection: Keep-Alive

Content-Length: 17931

Content-Type: text/html

Date: Thu, 30 Aug 2018 01:19:30 GMT

Etag: "54d9748e-460b"

Server: bfe/1.0.8.18

OK

9.19 +HTTPCLS–HTTP Connection Closed

To close an HTTP connection.

Format

Type Command

Unsolicited report <CR><LF>+HTTPCLS: <id>,Link Closed<CR><LF>

Timeout

N/A.

Parameter

<id> Socket ID.

Example

+HTTPCLS: 1,Link Closed Unsolicited report that the HTTP connection is closed.

Page 133: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 133

9.20 AT+HTTPSCFGA–Configuring HTTPS Parameters

To configure SSL parameters for HTTPS.

Certificates can be set only after imported by AT+CERTADD.

Certificates can be left empty.

Format

Type Command Response

Set AT+HTTPSCFGA=<sslversion>,<authmode

>,<cacert>,<clientcert>,<clientkey><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT+HTTPSCFGA?<CR>

<CR><LF>+HTTPSCFGA:

<sslversion>,<authmode>,<cacert>,<clie

ntcert>,<clientkey>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<sslversion> SSL protocol version

0: SSL3.0

1: TLS1.0

2: TLS1.1

3: TLS1.2

<authmode> authentication mode

0: no authentication

1: manage server authentication

2: manage server and client authentication if requested by the remote server

<cacert> CA certificate

<clientcert> client certificate

<clientkey> client key

Example

AT+HTTPSCFGA=3,1,"ca.pem","","" Set SSL to TLS1.2

Page 134: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 134

OK Server authentication

Set CA certificate to ca.pem

Other certificates are left empty

AT+HTTPSCFGA?

+HTTPSCFGA: 0,1,ca.pem,cc.pem,ck.pem

OK

Query the current settings of SSL.

9.21 AT+HTTPSOPEN–Setting up HTTPS Connection

To set up an HTTP connection.

Ensure that a network connection has been set up successfully before setting an HTTPS connection.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+HTTPSOPEN=<id>,<url>,<port>[,<keepalive

>[,<recvmode>]]<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<id> socket ID, ranging from 0 to 4.

<url> destination path, it can be omitted if the url contains a port number.

<port> The port of the server.

<keepalive> Set the long connection.

1: long connection

0: short connection (default)

<recvmode> receive mode

1: print received data directly

0: buffer received data and MCU sends AT+HTTPSREAD to read the data

(default)

Example

AT+HTTPSOPEN=1,58.60.184.213/index.html,12002,1,1

+HTTPSOPEN: 1,OK

Set up an HTTPS connection.

Successful

AT+HTTPSOPEN=1,58.60.184.21/index.html,12002,1,1 Set up an HTTPS connection.

Page 135: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 135

+HTTPSSOPEN: 1,FAIL Failed

9.22 AT+HTTPSREQ–HTTPS Request

To execute HTTPS request.

Customized packets must comply with the HTTPS protocol.

Add a carriage return to the end of the packets if the HTTPS request is set to custom packet mode.

Format

Type Command Response

Execu

te

⚫ AT+HTTPSREQ=<id>,<mode>[,<length>[,

<type>]]<CR>

⚫ AT+HTTPSREQ=<id>,<mode>[,<offset>,<

size>]<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<id> socket ID, ranging from 0 to 4.

<mode> HTTPS request mode

0: GET

1: HEAD

2: POST

99: OPEN_MODE. You can customize the packet mode.

<length> the length of POST content or custom packets. You must set it if you set.

<type> POST request data type.

0: x-www-form-urlencoded

1: text

2: json

3: xml

4: html

<offset> Offset, specifies where file data starts.

<size> Length of file downloaded from the start point in GET mode.

Page 136: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 136

Example

AT+HTTPSOPEN=1,www.baidu.com/,443,1

+HTTPSOPEN: 1,OK

AT+HTTPSREQ=1,1

+HTTPSREQ: 1,OK

+HTTPSRSP: 1

+HTTPSCLS: 1,Link Closed

Set up an HTTPS connection.

HEAD request.

Receive the response from the HTTPS server.

The HTTPS connection is closed.

9.23 AT+HTTPSCLS–Closing HTTPS Connection

To close an HTTPS connection.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+HTTPSCLS=<id><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

N/A.

Example

AT+HTTPSCLS=1

+HTTPSCLS: 1,OK Close an HTTPS connection.

9.24 +HTTPSRSP–Receiving HTTPS Data

Unsolicited report of data HTTPS socket receives.

Page 137: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 137

Data report mode is determined by the setting of <recvmode> in AT+HTTPSOPEN.

⚫ Report ID only when recvmode is set to 0 and data is read by AT+HTTPSREAD.

⚫ Report data received directly when recvmode is set to 1.

Format

Type Command

Unsolicited

report

⚫ <CR><LF>+HTTPSRSP: <id><CR><LF>

⚫ <CR><LF>+HTTPSRSP: <id>,<length>,<datas><CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<id> socket ID, ranging from 0 to 4

<length> Data length.

data HTTP

socket

receives

data HTTP socket receives.

Example

AT+HTTPSOPEN=1,www.baidu.com/,443,1

+HTTPSOPEN: 1,OK

AT+HTTPSREQ=1,1

+HTTPSREQ: 1,OK

+HTTPSRSP: 1

Unsolicited report of data HTTPS socket receives.

9.25 AT+HTTPRSP–Reading HTTPS Data

To read HTTPS data.

Format

Type Command Response

Page 138: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 138

Execute AT+HTTPSREAD=<id>,<length>,<read_hea

d><CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<id> socket ID, ranging from 0 to 4.

<length> data length, ranging from 1 to 4096.

<read_head> specifies whether to read HTTP header

0: skip header

1: read heard (default)

Example

AT+HTTPSOPEN=1,www.alypay.com/,443,1

+HTTPSOPEN: 1,OK

AT+HTTPSREQ=1,1

+HTTPSREQ: 1,OK

+HTTPSRSP: 1

AT+HTTPSREAD=1,4096

+HTTPSREAD: 1,169,HTTP/1.1 403 Forbidden

Server: nginx/1.12.1

Date: Thu, 30 Aug 2018 01:17:47 GMT

Content-Type: text/html; charset=utf8

Content-Length: 169

Connection: keep-alive

OK

9.26 AT+HTTPSCLS–HTTPS Connection Closed

To close an HTTP connection.

Format

Type Command

Page 139: AT Commands Manual

N75AT Commands Manual

Chapter 9 HTTP/HTTPS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 139

Unsolicited report <CR><LF>+HTTPSCLS: <id>,Link Closed<CR><LF>

Timeout

N/A.

Parameter

N/A.

Example

+HTTPSCLS: 1,Link Closed Unsolicited report that the HTTPS connection is closed.

Page 140: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 10 Call Control Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 140

10 Call Control Commands

10.1 ATD–Dialing Command

To initialize a data, fax, or voice link. For a voice link, the dialing string consists of numbers and

modifiers and must end with a semicolon.

There are two types of calls: voice call, data and fax call. Semicolon is required for voice calls and not

required for data or fax calls.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute

⚫ ATD<dial string>[;]<CR>

⚫ ATD><n>;<CR>

⚫ ATD>"name";<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

<CR><LF><result><CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 30s.

Parameter

<dial string> Phone number.

<n> The location of phone number.

name name in current phonebook.

Example

ATD10010;

OK

CONNECT

Make a call.

The callee answers.

ATD>4;

OK

CONNECT

ATH

Dial up the number listed as 4 in the phonebook.

Page 141: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 10 Call Control Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 141

OK

ATD>"Comneon";

OK

CONNECT

NO CARRIER

Dial up the number according to the name in the

phonebook.

The callee answers and then ends the call.

10.2 AT+CDV–Dialing Command (EVDO/CDMA)

To initialize a voice call on a CDMA network.

This command is used on CDMA networks only.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+CDV<dial string>[;]<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>BUSY<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>CONNECT<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>NO CARRIER<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<dial string> Phone number

Example

AT+CDV 10010;

OK

NO CARRIER

Dial a number

Hung up

Page 142: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 10 Call Control Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 142

10.3 ATA–Call Answering

To answer the call and establish a call connection

The return codes containing RING or +CRING indicate an incoming call.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute ATA<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

If the callee hangs up during a call, the command

returns:

<CR><LF>BUSY<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

N/A.

Example

ATA

OK Answer a call (voice)

10.4 ATH–Hanging Up Calls

To hang up all calls.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute ATH<CR> <CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Page 143: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 10 Call Control Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 143

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

N/A.

Example

ATH

OK

End the call connection.

ATH

OK

Refuse the incoming call. Hang up the call.

10.5 AT+CHV–Hanging Up Call (EVDO/CDMA)

To hang up a voice call on a CDMA network.

This command is used on CDMA networks only.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+CHV[value]<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>NO CARRIER<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

[value] 0: hang up (default)

1 to 255: reserved.

Page 144: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 10 Call Control Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 144

Example

AT+CHV

OK

NO CARRIER

Hang up a call

10.6 AT+CLIP–Caller ID

To enable or disable caller ID.

The caller ID function is enabled by default.

Format

Type Command Response

Set AT+CLIP=<n><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT+CLIP?<CR> <CR><LF>+CLIP: <n>,<m><CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Test AT+CLIP=?<CR> <CR><LF>+CLIP: (value range of <n>)<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Unsolicited report <CR><LF>+CLIP: <phone number>,<tosca>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<n> 0: disable caller ID (default value)

1: enable caller ID

<m> 0: CLIP not provisioned

1: CLIP provisioned

2: unknown (no connection, etc.)

Example

AT+CLIP=1 Enable the caller ID function.

Page 145: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 10 Call Control Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 145

OK

RING

+CLIP: "136********",161,"",0,"",0

An incoming call from 136********.

AT+CLIP?

+CLIP: 1,1

OK

Query the setting of the caller ID.

AT+CLIP=?

+CLIP: (0-1)

OK

Query the value range of caller ID function.

10.7 ATS0–Auto-Answer

To control the auto-answer mode of the module.

If ATS0=0, the auto-answer function is not enabled; otherwise, the module will automatically answer

the call after ringing for certain times.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute ATS0=<value><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query ATS0?<CR> <CR><LF><value>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<value> Integers, ranging from 0 to 255. The default value is 000.

Example

ATS0=1

OK

Set the auto-answer for one ring.

ATS0? Query the status of the auto-answer function.

Page 146: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 10 Call Control Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 146

001

OK

10.8 AT+CLVL–Setting the Voice Volume

To set the level of the voice volume, which is valid before a call or during a call.

This command is used to set the volume level of the current voice output channel, which can be

receiver, earphone, or speaker.

The setting by this command are not saved after the module is powered off.

Format

Type Command Response

Set AT+CLVL=<level><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT+CLVL?<CR> <CR><LF>+CLVL: <level>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Test AT+CLVL=?<CR> <CR><LF>+CLVL: (range of <level> value)

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<level> Integers, ranging from 0 to 6. The default value is 3.

Example

AT+CLVL=4

OK

Set the level of the voice volume to 4.

AT+CLVL?

+CLVL: 4

OK

Query the level of voice volume of the module.

AT+CLVL=? Query the valid voice volume level for the module.

Page 147: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 10 Call Control Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 147

+CLVL: (0-6)

OK

10.9 AT+CMUT–Mute Control

To set mute control of the voice calls.

This command is valid only during a call. ERROR will be returned in any other situations.

Format

Type Command Response

Set AT+CMUT=<n>[,<m>]<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT+CMUT?<CR> <CR><LF>+CMUT: <n>,<m>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Test AT+CMUT=?<CR> <CR><LF>+CMUT: (value range of <n>)

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<n> 0: Mute off output (default value)

1: Mute on output

Example

AT+CMUT=0,0

OK

Disable the mute mode.

AT+CMUT=1,1

ERROR

Enable mute control before a call.

AT+CMUT?

+CMUT: 0,0

OK

Query whether the mute mode is enabled.

AT+CMUT=? Query the value range of mute mode function.

Page 148: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 10 Call Control Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 148

+CMUT: (0-1), (0-1)

OK

10.10 AT+MICL–MIC Volume Control

To set the level of the MIC volume in a call, which is valid during a call.

The settings by this command are not saved after the module is powered down.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+MICL=<level><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT+MICL?<CR> <CR><LF>+MICL: <level><CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Test AT+MICL=?<CR>

<CR><LF>+MICL:(value range of supported

<level>)<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<level> integers, ranging from 0 to 6, the default value is 3.

Example

AT+MICL=3

OK Set the level of the MIC volume to 3.

AT+MICL?

+MICL: 3

OK

Query the current level of the MIC volume.

AT+MICL=?

+MICL: (0-6)

OK

Query the value range of MIC volume.

Page 149: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 10 Call Control Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 149

10.11 AT+AUDIN–Switching Audio Input Channel

To switch the audio input channel before and in a call.

The settings by this command are not saved after the module is powered down.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+AUDIN=<n><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT+AUDIN?<CR> <CR><LF>+AUDIN: <n>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Test AT+AUDIN=?<CR> <CR><LF>+AUDIN: (value range of supported <n>)

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<n> integer, ranging from 0 to 1.

0: set to MIC0 input

1: set to MIC1 input (default)

Example

AT+AUDIN=0

OK Set the audio input channel to MIC0.

AT+AUDIN?

+AUDIN: 0

OK

Query the current audio input channel.

AT+AUDIN=?

+AUDIN: (0-1)

OK

Query the range of the command parameter.

Page 150: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 10 Call Control Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 150

10.12 AT+AUDOUT–Switching Audio Output Channel

To switch the audio output channel before and in a call.

The settings by this command are not saved after the module is powered down.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+AUDOUT=<n><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT+AUDOUT?<CR> <CR><LF>+AUDOUT:<n>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Test AT+AUDOUT=?<CR> <CR><LF>+AUDOUT:(value range of supported <n>)

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<n> integer, ranging from 1 to 2.

1: set to loud speaker output (default)

2: set to earphone output

Example

AT+AUDOUT=2

OK Set to earphone output.

AT+AUDOUT?

+AUDOUT: 2

OK

Query the current audio output channel

AT+AUDOUT=?

+AUDOUT: (1-2)

OK

Query the range of the command parameter.

Page 151: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 10 Call Control Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 151

10.13 AT+CLCC–Querying Current Calls

To query current calls and their status.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+CLCC<CR>

<CR><LF>[+CLCC:

<idx>,<dir>,<stat>,<mode>,<mpty>,[<number>,<type>,[<alpha>]]]

[<CR><LF>+CLCC:

<idx>,<dir>,<stat>,<mode>,<mpty>,[<number>,<type>,[<alpha>]]]

[...]]]<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<idx> Caller ID descripted in section 4.5.5.1 of 3GPP TS 22.030 [19], integer, this digit

can be used in the +CHLD command.

<dir> 0: Mobile originated calls

1: Mobile terminated calls

<stat> Call status

0: active

1: held

2: dialing

3: alerting

4: incoming

5: waiting

<mode> Call types

0: voice

1: data

2: fax

<mpty> Multiparty calls

0: Non-multiparty calls

1: Multiparty calls

<number> phone number

<type> Number type, refer to section 10.5.4.7 in TS 24.008 [8]

145 international numbering schemes (contains the character "+")

129 national numbering schemes

Page 152: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 10 Call Control Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 152

<alpha> Number type, refer to section 10.5.4.7 in TS 24.008 [8]

145 international numbering schemes (contains the character "+")

129 national numbering schemes

Example

AT+CLCC

+CLCC: 1,1,4,0,0,"13596722590",129

OK

Incoming call

AT+CLCC

+CLCC: 1,0,2,0,0,"13596722590",129

OK

Initiate a call

10.14 AT+REMAUDIO– Setting Remote Audio Playing

To set remote audio playing.

Format

Type Command Response

Set AT+REMAUDIO=<onoff><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT+SETVOLTE? <CR><LF>+SETVOLTE: <onoff>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<onoff> 0: disable remote audio playing (default)

1: enable remote audio playing

After remote audio playing is enabled, TTS and audio played on local can be

played to the other party during a call.

Page 153: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 10 Call Control Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 153

Example

AT+REMAUDIO =0

OK

Disable remote audio playing.

AT+REMAUDIO =1

OK

Enable remote audio playing.

AT+REMAUDIO?

+SETVOLTE: 1

OK

Query whether remote audio is enabled.

Page 154: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 11 SSL TCP Data Service

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 154

11 SSL TCP Data Service

11.1 AT+SSLTCPCFG–Configuring SSL Parameters for

TCP

To configure SSL parameters for TCP data service.

If the authmode is set to 0, you do not have to set other parameters, such as cacert, clientcert, and

clientkey.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+SSLTCPCFG=<type>,<

type_name><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT+SSLTCPCFG?<CR>

<CR><LF>+SSLTCPCFG:<sslversiontype_name>,<a

uthmodetype_name>,<ciphersuitetype_name>,<cacer

ttype_name>,<clientcerttype_name>,<clientkeytype_n

ame>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Test AT+SSLTCPCFG=?<CR> <CR><LF>+SSLTCPCFG: <type>,<type_name>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<type> SSL parameter options.

sslversion: SSL protocol version

authmode: authorization mode

ciphersuite: Cupher cuite

cacert: CA certificate

clientcert: Client certificate

Page 155: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 11 SSL TCP Data Service

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 155

clientkey: Client key

<type_name> parameter settings for SSL

sslversion

0: SSL3.0

1: TLS1.0

2: TLS1.1

3: TLS1.2

authmode

0: No authentication

1: Manage server authentication

2: Manage server and client authentication if requested by the remote server

Cacert: string, CA certificate

Clientcert: string, client certificate

Clientkey: string, client key

Example

AT+SSLTCPCFG=”sslversion”,0

OK

Set SSL version to SSL3.0.

AT+SSLTCPCFG=”authmode”,0

OK

Set authmode to no authentication.

AT+SSLTCPCFG?

+SSLTCPCFG: 0,1,,ca.pem,cc.pem,ck.pem

OK

Query the current SSL settings.

AT+SSLTCPCFG=?

+SSLTCPCFG: <type>,<type_name>

OK

Query the value range of the parameters.

11.2 AT+SSLTCPSETUP–Setting up TCP Connection

over SSL

To set up a TCP connection over SSL.

Activate PPP and apply one IP address before setting up a TCP connection over SSL.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+SSLTCPSETUP=<n>,

<ip>,<port>,<mode><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>+SSLTCPSETUP: <n>,<status>

Or

Page 156: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 11 SSL TCP Data Service

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 156

<CR><LF>CONNECT

Or

<CR><LF>+SSLTCPSETUP: ERROR

Or

<CR><LF>+SSLTCPSETUP: GPRS DISCONNECTION

Query AT+SSLTCPSETUP?

<CR><LF>+SSLTCPSETUP: <socket_id>,<ip>,

<port>,<mode>

[<CR><LF>+SSLTCPSETUP: <socket_id>,<ip>,

<port>,<mode>]…

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Test AT+SSLTCPSETUP=? <CR><LF>+SSLTCPSETUP:(value range of supported

<socket_id>),<ip>,<port>,<mode><CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<n> socket ID, ranging from 0 to 5, used to identify the connection to the server

<ip> IP address or domain name of the server

<port> server port

<mode> transmission mode

0: non-transparent

1: transparent

<status> OK

ERROR1

AUTHFAIL

FAIL

Example

AT+SSLTCPSETUP=0,183,239.240,45,4451,0

OK

+SSLTCPSETUP: 0,OK

Set up a non-transparent connection to

183.239.240.45 on socket 0. The port number is

4451.

AT+SSLTCPSETUP=0,183,239.240,45,4451,1

CONNECT

Set up a transparent connection to 183.239.240.45

on socket 0. The port number is 4451.

AT+SSLTCPSETUP=0, www.alipay.com,443,0

OK

+SSLTCPSETUP: 0,FAIL

Set up a non-transparent connection to

www.alipay.com on socket 0. The port number is 443.

Fails because of timeout.

AT+SSLTCPSETUP=0, www.alipay.com,443,0

OK

Set up a non-transparent connection to

www.alipay.com on socket 0. The port number is 443.

Fails to authenticate.

Page 157: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 11 SSL TCP Data Service

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 157

+SSLTCPSETUP: 0,AUTHFAIL

AT+SSLTCPSETUP?

+SSLTCPSETUP: 0,183.239.240.45,4451,0

+SSLTCPSETUP: 1,183.239.240.45,4452,0

OK

Query the connection status.

A transparent TCP connection has been set up on

socket 0 and socket 1.

AT+SSLTCPSETUP=0,183,239.240,45,4451,0

OK

+SSLTCPSETUP: 0,ERROR1

A connection has been set up on socket 0

11.3 AT+SSLTCPCLOSE–Closing TCP Connection over

SSL

To close a TCP connection over SSL.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+SSLTCPCLOSE=<

socket_id>

<CR><LF>+SSLTCPCLOSE: <socket_id>,<result>

Or

<CR><LF>+SSLTCPCLOSE: ERROR<CR><LF>

Unsolicited report +SSLTCPCLOSE: <socket_id>,Link Closed

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<socket_id> socket ID, ranging from 0 to 5.

Example

AT+SSLTCPCLOSE=0

+SSLTCPCLOSE: 0,OK

Close the TCP connection on socket 0.

AT+SSLTCPCLOSE=0

+SSLTCPCLOSE: ERROR Socket ID is incorrect.

+SSLTCPCLOSE: 0,Link Closed The connection on socket 0 is closed.

Page 158: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 11 SSL TCP Data Service

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 158

11.4 AT+SSLTCPSEND–Sending TCP Data over SSL

To send TCP data over SSL.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+SSLTCPSEND=<soc

ket_id>,<data_length>

<CR><LF>>

<CR><LF>+SSLTCPSEND: <socket_id>,OK

Or

<CR><LF>+SSLTCPSEND: Data length error<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>+SSLTCPSEND: <socket_id>,FAIL<CR><LF>

Test AT+SSLTCPSEND=? <CR><LF>+SSLTCPSEND:(value range of<n>),(value range

of<data_length>)<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<socket_id> ranging from 0 to 5, used to identify the connection to the server.

<data_length> data length, ranging from 1 to 4096.

Example

AT+SSLTCPSEND=0,0,20

>

+SSLTCPSEND: 0,OK

Send 20-byte data to the server over socket 0.

AT+SSLTCPSEND=0,1024

>

+SSLTCPSEND: 0,FAIL

Send 1024-byte data to the server over socket 0.

Failed because buffer is full.

AT+SSLTCPSEND=0,4097

+SSLTCPSEND: Data length error

Send 4097-byte data to the server.

Failed because the data length exceeds the

threshold.

AT+SSLTCPSEND=?

+SSLTCPSEND: (0-5),(1-4096)

OK

Query the value range of the parameters.

Page 159: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 11 SSL TCP Data Service

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 159

11.5 +SSLTCPRECV–Unsolicited SSLTCP Data Output

Unsolicited SSLTCP data output.

When the module receives SSLTCP data from the network, the UART prints the data automatically.

Format

Type Command

Unsolicited report +SSLTCPRECV: <socket_id>,<data_length>,<data><CR><LF>

Timeout

N/A.

Parameter

<socket_id> ranging from 0 to 5, used to identify the connection to the server

<data_length> data length, ranging from 1 to 4096.

<data> data received

Example

+SSLTCPRECV: 0,20,1234567890abcdefghjk Received 20-byte data over socket 0

11.6 AT+CERTADD–Writing SSL Certificate

To write an SSL certificate to the module.

The writing process can be interrupted by +++.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+CERTADD=<file_name>,<length><CR>

<CR><LF>CONNECT<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>+CERTADD:

<length>,OK<CR><LF>

Or

Page 160: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 11 SSL TCP Data Service

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 160

<CR><LF>+CERTADD: ERROR<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<filen_ame> Certificate file name

<length> file length

Example

AT+CERTADD=ca_cert.pem,1428

CONNECT

+CERTADD: 1428,OK

Add the alipay.crt certificate of 1428 bytes to the module.

AT+CERTADD=clent_cert.pem,1938

CONNECT

+CERTADD: 1938,OK

Add the alipay.crt certificate of 1938 bytes to the module.

AT+CERTADD=client_key.pem,1097

CONNECT

+CERTADD: 1097,OK

Add the alipay.crt certificate of 1907 bytes to the module.

11.7 AT+CERTCHECK–Checking SSL Certificate

To check the SSL certificate.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+CERTCHECK=<file_name><CR>

<CR><LF>+CERTCHECK: <file_name>,OK

Or

<CR><LF>+CERTCHECK: ERROR

Query AT+CERTCHECK?<CR> <CR><LF><file_name>

Page 161: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 11 SSL TCP Data Service

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 161

[<CR><LF><file_name>]

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<file_name> Certificate file name

Example

AT+CERTCHECK=ca_cert.pem

+CERTCHECK: ca_cert.pem,OK

Check the ca_cert.pem certificate.

AT+CERTCHECK=clent_cert.pem

+CERTCHECK: clent_cert.pem,OK

Check the clent_cert.pem certificate.

AT+CERTCHECK=client_key.pem

+CERTCHECK: ERROR

client_key.pem does note exist.

AT+CERTCHECKT?

cacert.pem

keycert.pem

OK

Check the added file.

11.8 AT+CERTDEL–Deleting SSL Certificate

To delete an SSL certificate.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+CERTDEL=<file_name><CR> <CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Page 162: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 11 SSL TCP Data Service

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 162

Parameter

<file_name> Certificate file name

Example

AT+CERTDEL=ca_cert.pem

OK

Delete ca_cert.pem.

AT+CERTDEL=client_cert.pem

OK

Delet client_cert.pem

AT+CERTDEL=client_key.pem

OK

Delete cilent_key.pem

AT+CERTDEL

OK

Delete all added files.

11.9 AT+SSLTCPCFGA–Configuring SSL Parameters for

TCP

To configure SSL parameters for TCP data service.

Certificate must be imported before setting.

Certificate can be set empty.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+SSLTCPCFGA=<sslversion>,<authmode

>,<cacert>,<clientcert>,<clientkey><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT+SSLTCPCFGA?<CR>

<CR><LF>+SSLTCPCFGA:

<sslversion>,<authmode>,<cacert>,<c

lientcert>, <clientkey>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Test AT+SSLTCPCFGA=?<CR> <CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Page 163: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 11 SSL TCP Data Service

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 163

Parameter

<sslversion> 0: SSL3.0

1: TLS1.0

2: TLS1.1

3: TLS1.2

<authmode> 0: No authentication

1: Manage server authentication

2: Manage server and client authentication if requested by the remote server

<Cacert> string, CA certificate

<Clientcert> string, client certificate

<Clientkey> string, client key

Example

AT+SSLTCPCFGA=3,1,"ca.pem","",""

OK

Set SSL TCP parameters

AT+SSLTCPCFGA?

+SSLTCPCFGA: 0,1,ca.pem,cc.pem,ck.pem

OK

Query the current SSL settings.

11.10 AT+SSLTCPREAD–Reading SSL TCP Data

To read SSL TCP data.

This command is sent after executing AT+RECVMODE=0 to modify receive mode.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+SSLTCPREAD=<id>,<length><CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<id> socket ID, ranging from 0 to 5.

Page 164: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 11 SSL TCP Data Service

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 164

<length> data length, ranging from 1 to 4096.

Example

AT+SSLTCPSETUP=0,58.60.184.213,12004,0

OK

+SSLTCPSETUP: 0,OK

AT+SSLTCPSEND=0,10

>

+SSLTCPSEND: 0,OK

+SSLTCPRECV: 0

AT+SSLTCPREAD=0,4096

+SSLTCPREAD: 0,10,1111111111

OK

Page 165: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 12 MQTT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 165

12 MQTT Commands

12.1 AT+MQTTTLS–Configuring TLS Parameters

To configure MQTT TLS parameters.

Send AT+CERTADD to import certificate.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+MQTTTLS=<type>,<type_na

me><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT+MQTTTLS?<CR>

<CR><LF>+MQTTTLS:<sslmode>,<authmode>

,<rootca_name>,<clientcert_name>,<clientkey_

name>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Test AT+MQTTTLS=?<CR> <CR><LF>+MQTTTLS: <type>,<value>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<type> parameter type

sslmode: SSL mode

authmode: authentication mode

rootca: CA certificate

clientcert: client certificate

clientkey: client key

<type_name> setting of SSL

sslmode:

0: not authentication

Page 166: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 12 MQTT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 166

1: authentication

Authmode:

0: verify optional

1: verify required

rootca: string, CA certificate

clientcert: string, client certificate

clientkey: string, client key

Example

AT+MQTTTLS=authmode,1

OK

Set authentication mode to verify required.

AT+MQTTTLS?

+MQTTTLS: 1,1,ca.pem,cc.pem,ck.pem

OK

Query SSL configuration.

AT+MQTTTLS=?

+MQTTTLS: <type>,<type_name>

OK

Query value range of parameters.

12.2 AT+MQTTCONNPARAM–Setting User Parameters

To set ID, user name, and password.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+MQTTCONNPARAM=<clientdID>,<user

name>,<password><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT+MQTTCONNPARAM?<CR>

<CR><LF>+MQTTCONNPARAM:<"clie

ntID">,<"username">,<"password">

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Test AT+MQTTCONNPARAM=?<CR>

<CR><LF>+MQTTCONNPARAM:

<cliendid>,<username>,<password>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Page 167: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 12 MQTT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 167

Parameter

<”clientID”> Device ID, max. 256 bytes.

<”username”> User name, max. 512 bytes.

<”password”> Password, max. 256 bytes.

Example

+MQTTCONNPARAM="C_201801021127","lixytest/thing01","0lSoY/e

YnlSqUeAsbAKKQ/ACmipZwEw9H7Ff0h1kOps="

Parameters are set successfully.

12.3 AT+MQTTWILLPARAM–Will Settings

To set will parameters.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+MQTTWILLPARAM=<retained>,<qos>,

<topicname>,<message><CR>

<CR><LF>+GNSSSTATE:

<status><CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Query AT+MQTTWILLPARAM?<CR>

<CR><LF>+MQTTWILLPARAM:<retaine

d>,<qos>,<"topicname">,<"message">

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Test AT+MQTTWILLPARAM=?<CR>

<CR><LF>+MQTTWILLPARAM:

<retained>,<qos>,<topicname>,<messag

e>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<retained> Retain symbol, digit type, 0 and 1.

<qos> Quality of service, 0 and 1 supported

<"topicname"> Will topic, max. 128 bytes. The parameter must be marked by quotation marks.

Page 168: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 12 MQTT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 168

<"message"> Will Message, max. 1024 bytes

Example

AT+MQTTWILLPARAM=0,1,"lixytopic",byby

OK

The will is set successfully.

12.4 AT+MQTTWILLMSG–Setting Long Will Messages

To set long will messages or will messages of non-character string by specifying retained, qos, topic,

and message length.

If the message is not input completely within 30 seconds, the UART returns timeout.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+MQTTWILLMSG=<retained>,<qos>,<”topic

”>,<msg_length><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<retained> Retain flag, digit type, 0 or 1.

<qos> QoS of publish message

<"topic"> Publish topic

<willmsg_length> Length of will messages, maximum 10240 bytes. After the UART returns >, input

message content of the specified length.

Example

AT+MQTTWILLMSG =1,1,"neoway02",10

>

OK

Set will message.

Successfully

AT+MQTTWILLMSG=1,1,"neoway02",10

>

+MQTTWILLMSG: Timeout!

Set will message.

Failed

Page 169: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 12 MQTT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 169

12.5 AT+MQTTCONN–Connection Command

To connect to the MQTT server.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+MQTTCONN=<host>,<clean>,

<keep_alive><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT+MQTTCONN?<CR>

<CR><LF>+MQTTCONN:<"ip:port">,<clean>,

<keep_alive>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Test AT+MQTTCONN=?<CR> <CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<Host> Server address (URL:port)

<clean> whether to clean session, digit type,

0-Not clean (by default)

1-Clean

<Keep_alive> keepAlive time, ranging from 20 to 180, unit: second

Example

AT+MQTTCONN=121.43.166.63:1883,0,60

OK

Connect to the MQTT server successfully.

12.6 AT+MQTTSUB–Subscription

To subscribe a topic.

Topicname must be marked by quotation marks.

Page 170: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 12 MQTT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 170

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+MQTTSUB=<topicname>,<q

os><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT+MQTTSUB?<CR> <CR><LF>+MQTTSUB:<"topicname">,<qos>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Test AT+MQTTSUB=?<CR> <CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<topicname> Topic to subscribe to, max. 128 bytes

<Qos> Quality of service, 0, 1, and 2 are supported

Example

AT+MQTTSUB="neoway02",1

OK

+MQTTSUB:9,"neoway02",11,neoway mqtt

Subscribe to the topic successfully. The server

issues the topic retained last time.

AT+MQTTSUB=“neoway02”,1

OK

Subscribed to the topic successfully.

12.7 AT+MQTTUNSUB–Unsubscription

To unsubscribe a topic.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+MQTTUNSUB=<topicname><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Page 171: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 12 MQTT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 171

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<topicname> Topic to unsubscribe to, max. 128 bytes.

Example

AT+MQTTUNSUB="neoway02"

OK

Unsubscribe to a topic

12.8 AT+MQTTPUB–Publishing Topic

To publish a topic.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+MQTTPUB=<retained>,<qos>,<topicna

me>,<message><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<Retained> Retain mark, digit type, 0 and 1.

<Qos> Quality of service, 0 and 1 supported.

<topicname> Topic, max. 128 bytes

<Message> Message, max. 1024 bytes

Example

AT+MQTTPUB=1,1,"neoway02", neoway mqtt

The topic is published successfully.

Page 172: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 12 MQTT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 172

OK

AT+MQTTPUB=1,1,"neoway02", neoway mqtt

OK

+MQTTSUB:5,"neoway02",11, neoway mqtt

The server does not support QoS=2. After the command times

out, the device disconnects to the MQTT server.

Developers need to reconnect manually.

12.9 AT+MQTTPUBS–Publishing Topic

To publish topic.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+MQTTPUBS=<retained>,<topic>,

<qos>,<msg_length><CR>

<CR><LF>>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>>

<CR><LF>+MQTTPUBS: Timeout!<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The timer of publish message input is 30 seconds.

Parameter

<retained> retain symbol, digit type, 0 and 1.

<topic> topic to be published.

<qos> Quality of service, 0 and 1 are supported

<msg_length> the length of message published, max. 10240 bytes

Example

AT+MQTTPUBS=1,1,"lixytopic",10

>

OK

Topic publishes 10-byte data

Input 10-byte data.

AT+MQTTPUBS=0,1,"lixytopic",12

>

+MQTTPUBS: Timeout!

Times out

Page 173: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 12 MQTT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 173

12.10 AT+MQTTDISCONN–Disconnecting to the MQTT

Server

To disconnect to the MQTT server and release resources.

The device disconnects to the MQTT server proactively and releases the MQTT resources.

To publish messages after disconnecting, set up the connection again.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+MQTTDISCONN<CR> <CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

N/A.

Example

AT+ MQTTDISCONN

OK

Disconnect to the MQTT server.

12.11 +MQTTSUB–Receiving Topic Content

To receive the topic content sent by the server.

Format

Type Command

Unsolicited report +MQTTSUB=<message_id>,<”topicname”>,<message_len>,<message><CR>

Page 174: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 12 MQTT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 174

Timeout

N/A.

Parameter

<message_id> Message ID

<”topicname”> Topic name, topic name must be marked by quotation marks.

<message_len> The length of the data received

<message> Data received

Example

+MQTTSUB:"neoway02",5,12345 Receive messages published by the topic subscribed to.

12.12 AT+MQTTSTATE–Querying MQTT Connection

Status:

To query the status of the MQTT connection.

Format

Type Command Response

Query AT+MQTTSTATE?<CR> <CR><LF>+MQTTSTATE: <state><CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

N/A.

Example

AT+MQTTSTATE? The device is connected to the MQTT server.

Page 175: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 12 MQTT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 175

+MQTTSTATE:1

OK

AT+MQTTSTATE?

+MQTTSTATE:0

OK

Query the MQTT connection status.

The device is disconnected to the MQTT server.

Page 176: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 13 AWS MQTT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 176

13 AWS MQTT Commands

13.1 AT+AWSTLSCFG–Configuring AWS TLS

Parameters

To configure AWS TLS parameters.

Certificates should be imported by sending AT+CERTADD.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+AWSTLSCFG=<type>,

<value><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT+AWSTLSCFG?<CR>

<CR><LF>+AWSTLSCFG:<authmode>,<rootca_name>,

<clientcert_name>,<clientkey_name>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Test AT+AWSTLSCFG=?<CR> <CR><LF>+AWSTLSCFG: <type>,<value >

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<type> parameter type

authmode: authentication mode

rootca: CA certificate (character string)

clientcert: client certificate (character string)

clientkey: client key (character string)

<value> parameter value, the corresponding relations between <type> and <value> are as

follows:

Authmode:

0: verify optional

Page 177: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 13 AWS MQTT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 177

1: verify required

rootca: string, CA certificate

clientcert: client certificate (character string)

clientkey: client key (character string)

Example

AT+AWSTLSCFG=authmode,1

OK Set the authentication mode to verify required.

AT+AWSTLSCFG?

+AWSTLSCFG: 1,ca.pem,cc.pem,ck.pem

OK

Query the current settings of SSL.

AT+AWSTLSCFG=?

+AWSTLSCFG: <type>,<value>

OK

Query the value range of parameters.

13.2 AT+AWSAUTHPARAM–Setting User Parameters

To set ID, user name, and password.

User name and password are not mandatory in version 2.3.0.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+AWSAUTHPARAM=<cliendID>,<usernam

e>,<password><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<cliendID> device ID, max. 128 bytes

<username> user name, max. 512 bytes.

<password> password, max. 256 bytes.

Page 178: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 13 AWS MQTT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 178

Example

AT+AWSAUTHPARAM =nwy_test

OK The parameter is set successfully.

13.3 AT+AWSCONNPARAM–Setting AWS Connection

Parameters

To set AWS connection parameters.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+AWSCONNPARAM=<host>,<enable_recon

nect><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<host> server address (url:port)

<enable_reconnect> specifies whether to reconnect after going offline

0: disable

1: enable

Example

AT+AWSCONNPARAM=a1epg1vh6w7hlk.iot.us-east-2.amazonaws.com:443,1

OK

Set connection parameters

successfully.

13.4 AT+AWSCONN–Connection Command

To connect to the MQTT server.

Page 179: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 13 AWS MQTT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 179

Only clean =1, version=4 are supported in version 2.3.0.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+AWSCONN=<keepAlive>,<clean>,<version><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<keepAlive> time period of keepAlive, mandatory, ranging from 30 to 1200 seconds, 60

seconds by default.

<clean> specifies whether to clear the sessions.

0: not clear

1: clear

<version> MQTT version = 4: 3.1.1

Example

AT+AWSCONN=60,1,4

OK

The connection is established successfully.

13.5 AT+AWSSUB–Subscribing to Topic

To subscribe to a topic.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+AWSSUB=<topicname>,<qos><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Page 180: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 13 AWS MQTT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 180

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<topicname> topic to subscribe to, max. 128 bytes

<qos> Quality of service, only 0 and 1 are supported.

Example

AT+AWSSUB=nwy_test/01,1

OK Subscribe to the topic successfully.

13.6 AT+AWSUNSUB–Canceling a Subscription

To cancel a subscription.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+AWSUNSUB=<topicname><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<topicname> topic name, max. 128 bytes.

Example

AT+AWSUNSUB=nwy_test/01

OK Cancel a subscription successfully.

Page 181: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 13 AWS MQTT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 181

13.7 AT+AWSPUB–Publishing Topic

To publish a topic

The current SDK version is 2.3.0 that supports retained=0 only.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+AWSPUB=<retained>,<qos

>,<topicname>,<length><CR>

<CR><LF>>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>+AWSPUBACK: OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>+AWSPUBACK: ERROR<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<retained> Retain mark, digit type, 0 and 1

<qos> quality of service, 0 and 1 are supported

<topicname> topic name, max. 128 bytes

<length> the length of message to be published, max. 10240 bytes

After > is returned, enter messages of the specified length.

Example

AT+AWSPUB=1,1," nwy_test/01",11

>

OK

The topic is published successfully.

AT+AWSPUB=1,1," nwy_test/01",11

>

OK

+AWSPUBACK: OK

+AWSSUBRECV:5,"nwy_test/01",11,12332ELO

The topic is published successfully and the server issues

the topic.

Page 182: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 13 AWS MQTT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 182

13.8 AT+AWSDISCONN–Disconnecting to the AWS

MQTT Server

To disconnect to the AWS MQTT server.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+AWSDISCONN<CR> <CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

N/A.

Example

AT+AWSDISCONN

OK Close the MQTTconnection

13.9 +AWSSUBRECV–Receiving Topic Content

To receive the topic message sent by the server.

Format

Type Command

Unsolicited

report +AWSSUBRECV: <message_id>,<”topicname”>,<message_len>,<message>

Timeout

N/A.

Page 183: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 13 AWS MQTT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 183

Parameter

<message_id> message ID

<topicname> topic name

<message_len> the length of date received

<message> date received

Example

+AWSSUBRECV: 5,"nwy_test/01",5,12345 Receive the message of the topic.

13.10 AT+AWSSTATE–Querying MQTT Status

To query the status of MQTT connection.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+AWSSTATE?<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

N/A.

Example

AT+AWSSTATE?

+AWSSTATE: 1

OK

MQTT connected

AT+AWSSTATE?

+AWSSTATE: 0

OK

MQTT disconnected

Page 184: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 14 Microsoft Hub Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 184

14 Microsoft Hub Commands

14.1 AT+ACLOUDSETUP–Setting up Connection with

Cloud

To pass in the connection string, enable the device twin and RPC, and set up a connection with Azure

IoT Hub.

Setting up a connection with the server depends on the current time, and therefore the system time

must be synchronized before the connection is set up.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+ACLOUDSETUP=<connction

string>,<twin enable>,<rpc enable><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>+ACLOUDSETUP:

<result><CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<connction

string>

Connection string corresponding to the IoT Hub device. If the string contains

commas and semicolons, the entire string must be enclosed with "".

<twin

enable>

Whether to enable device twin

0: disable

1: enable

<rpc enable> Whether to enable RPC function.

0: disable

1: enable

<result> Execution result description

AUTH_ERROR: The authentication information is incorrect, which is often caused

Page 185: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 14 Microsoft Hub Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 185

by an incorrect connection string that is passed in.

NETWORK_ERROR: A network error occurs.

TIMEOUT: The connection times out.

SETTING_ERROR: The setting is incorrect.

OK: The connection is set up successfully.

Example

AT+ACLOUDSETUP=”HostName=neoway-iot-dev.azure-devices.ne

t;DeviceId=Test1;SharedAccessKey=POXZrNJy1FkHwEjHWNXslgq

M6yNuKdQKUs97SZ/t6ac=”,0,0

OK

+ACLOUDSETUP:OK

A connection to the IoT Hub is set up

successfully.

14.2 AT+ACLOUDSETMSG–Setting Message Format

To set the message format to prepare for sending messages. The configured format is cached on the

device.

Format

Type Command Response

Set

AT+ACLOUDSETMSG=<index>,<message

id>,<correlation id>,<content

type>,<content encoding>,<property key

1>,< property value 1>…<property key n>,<

property value n><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT+ACLOUDSETMSG?<CR>

<CR><LF>+ACLOUDSETMSG:

<index>,<message id>,<correlation

id>,<content type>,<content

encoding>,<property key 1>,<property value

1>…<property key n>,<property value

n><CR>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Page 186: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 14 Microsoft Hub Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 186

Parameter

<index> Index, which ranges from 1 to 5. This index can be used in subsequent

messages.

<message id> Message ID of the message, 64 characters at most

<correlation id> Related ID of the message, 64 characters at most

<content type> Content type of the message, 64 characters at most

<content

encoding>

Encoding format of the message content, 64 characters at most

<property key

1>,<property value

1>…<property key

n>,<property value

n>

The subsequent parameters are the property key-value pairs of the

message. Currently, up to 5 pairs are supported, and the maximum length of

each pair is 64 characters.

Example

AT+ACLOUDSETMSG=1,msg,core, , ,p1,1,p2,2

OK Saved successfully

AT+ACLOUDSETMSG?

+ACLOUDSETMSG:

1,"message","","","","p1","0","p2","1","p3","1","p4","4","p5","5"

2,"","","",""

3,"","","",""

4,"","","",""

5,"","","",""

OK

Query the set message format.

14.3 AT+ACLOUDEVSEND–Sending Message

To send a message to the server.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+ACLOUDEVSEND=<n>,<payload><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>+ACLOUDEVSEND: <err

text><CR><LF>

Page 187: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 14 Microsoft Hub Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 187

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<n> Message format index obtained by the AT+ACLOUDSETMSG command. 0

indicates that no format is used.

<payload> Message content. If the message contains commas and semicolons, the entire

message must be enclosed with "".

<errtext> Sending result

NOT_CONNECTED: The connection is not set up yet.

SEND_INPUT: A sending error occurs.

TIMEOUT: Acknowledgement times out.

NETWORK_ERROR: A network error occurs.

Example

AT+ACLOUDEVSEND=1,AAAA

OK

+ACLOUDEVSEND: OK

Sent successfully.

14.4 AT+ACLOUDEVSENDL–Sending Message

To send a message to the server.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+ACLOUDEVSENDL=

<n>,<payload_len><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>+ACLOUDEVSEND: <err text><CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Page 188: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 14 Microsoft Hub Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 188

Parameter

<n> Message format index obtained by the AT+ACLOUDSETMSG command. 0

indicates that no format is used.

<payload_len> Message length.

<errtext> Sending result

NOT_CONNECTED: The connection is not set up yet.

SEND_INPUT: A sending error occurs.

TIMEOUT: Acknowledgement times out.

NETWORK_ERROR: A network error occurs.

Example

AT+ACLOUDEVSENDL=0,10

>

OK

+ACLOUDEVSENDL: OK

Sent successfully.

14.5 AT+ACLOUDSTATE – Querying the Connection

Status

To query the current connection status of the device.

You can query the status to determine how to perform subsequent operations.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+ACLOUDSTATE?<CR> <CR><LF>+ACLOUDSTATE: <status>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<status> 0: Unconnected

1: Connecting

2: Failed connection

Page 189: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 14 Microsoft Hub Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 189

3: Connected, normal work mode

4: Disconnecting

5: Connection close

Example

AT+ACLOUDSTATE?

+ACLOUDSTATE: 3

OK

Query the connection status.

14.6 AT+ACLOUDDISCONN–Closing a Connection

To obtain the integrated circuit card identifier (ICCID) of the SIM Card.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+ACLOUDDISCONN<CR> <CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

N/A.

Example

AT+ACLOUDDISCONN

OK The connection is closed.

14.7 +ACLOUDSTATUS–Reporting the Connection Status

Change

When the connection status changes, the device sends the status change information to the serial

Page 190: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 14 Microsoft Hub Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 190

port.

When the connection is closed in the normal working state, the authentication information may expire.

The login information needs to be changed about every hour. When the login information is changed,

the connection needs to be closed and set up again. There will be a short period of disconnection.

No matter what error is sent, the device will try to set up the connection again. After receiving this error,

the user can wait for a period of time, and then actively check the connection status. If the connection

is still not set up successfully, try to close and set up the connection again, or restart the device.

Format

Type Command

Unsolicited report +ACLOUDSTATUS:<status><CR>

Timeout

N/A.

Parameter

<status> Status after the change.

Example

+ACLOUDSTATUS: 1: The status is changed to

Connected.

+ACLOUDSTATUS: 0: connection close

14.8 +ACLOUDMSG–Receiving a Message from the

Server

To receive a message from the server.

Format

Type Command

Unsolicited report +ACLOUDMSG:<message_len>,<message>,<message id>,<correlation

Page 191: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 14 Microsoft Hub Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 191

id>,<content type>,<content encoding>,<property key 1>,<property value

1>…<property key n>,<property value n><CR>

Timeout

N/A.

Parameter

<message_len> Message length.

<message> Message content.

<message id> Message ID, 64 characters at most.

<correlation id> Related ID of the message, 64 characters at most

<content type> Content type of the message, 64 characters at most

<content encoding> Encoding format of the message content, 64 characters at most

<property key

1>,<property value

1>…<property key

n>,<property value n>

The subsequent parameters are the property key-value pairs of the

message. Currently, up to 5 pairs are supported, and the maximum

length of each pair is 64 characters. If the message does not have

any property key-value pair, this part is left blank.

Example

+ACLOUDMSG: 161,{"desired":{"at": "at1","bt": "bt1","ct":

"ct1","dt": "dt1","$version": 4},"reported":{"temps":

"temps","num": "123456","num1":"000000","tmp": 30,"$version":

5}},"2374f2c6-1f3f-4cfe-a58e-52be4eecc34d","","","","P1","11",

"P2","22"

Message received from the server.

This message does not contain

<correlation id>, <content type>,

and <content encoding>. <message

id > is

2374f2c6-1f3f-4cfe-a58e-52be4eec

c34d. There are two property

key-value pair, including p1:1 and

p2:2.

14.9 +ACLOUDDESIRED–Receiving the Change

Notification of DEVICE TWIN DESIRED PROPERTIES

To receive the change notification of DEVICE TWIN DESIRED PROPERTIES from the server.

You can upload the device twin data to modify the data in "reported".

Page 192: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 14 Microsoft Hub Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 192

Format

Type Command

Unsolicited report +ACLOUDDESIRED:<status>,<payload_len>,<payload><CR>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<status> Status of content sent this time.

0: The content sent this time is all the content of the device twin.

1: The content sent this time is part of the content of the device twin.

<payload_len> Status of content sent this time.

0: The content sent this time is all the content of the device twin.

1: The content sent this time is part of the content of the device twin.

<payload> Content of the device twin, which is provided in JSON format.

<json format

data>

Normal data

BAD_PAYLOAD: The data sent by the server does not match, possibly because

the data is too long. Currently only the JSON data in the form of a string with a

maximum length of 10240 bytes is supported.

Example

+ACLOUDDESIRED: 0,86,{

"desired": {

"$version": 1

},

"reported": {

"$version": 1

}

}

The change notification of device twin data is received.

14.10 AT+ACLOUDTWINREPORT–Uploading Device

Twin Data

To send data to the device twin. This command is asynchronous.

Only the "reported" data in +ACLOUDDESIRED can be modified. Data can be added.

If you want to delete a key-value pair, use the second example, where the value must be "null" in

Page 193: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 14 Microsoft Hub Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 193

lowercase.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+ACLOUDTWINREPORT=<payl

oad><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>+ACLOUDTWINREPORT:<errtext><

CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<payload> Device twin data, which must be in JSON format. If the data contains commas

and semicolons, the entire data must be enclosed with "".

<n> The sending is successful, and the ID of the sent data is returned. Later, the

upload result is returned through the +ACLOUDREPORTSTATUS command.

<errtext> Description

NOT_CONNECTED: The connection is not set up yet.

SEND_INPUT: A sending error occurs.

TIMEOUT: Acknowledgement times out.

NETWORK_ERROR: A network error occurs.

Example

AT+ACLOUDTWINREPORT="{"temps": "temps","num":

"123456","num1":"000000","tmp": 30}}"

OK

+ACLOUDTWINREPORT: 2

+ACLOUDREPORTSTATUS: 2,204

Data uploaded successfully

AT+ACLOUDTWINREPORT="{"reported":null}"

OK

+ACLOUDTWINREPORT: 3

+ACLOUDREPORTSTATUS: 3,204

Delete the "reported" key-value pair.

Page 194: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 14 Microsoft Hub Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 194

14.11 +ACLOUDREPORTSTATUS–Receiving the Device

Twin Data Upload Result

To receive the device twin data upload result from the server.

This is to confirm uploading of the device twin data. If this command is received, it means that the

server has received the data corresponding to the ID. The status code is the result of the server's

processing on the uploaded data.

Format

Type Command

Unsolicited report +ACLOUDREPORTSTATUS:<n>,<status><CR>

Timeout

N/A.

Parameter

<n> ID of the uploaded data twin data.

<status> Uploading result. The value of parameter is the HTTP status code. Typical values

are as follows:

2xx (such as 200 and 204): indicates that the server has processed the data

successfully.

4xx (such as 400 and 404): indicates that the server determines that the request

sent by the client is incorrect, which is generally because the data sent is not in

JSON format.

5xx: indicates a server error.

Example

AT+ACLOUDTWINREPORT={"tmp":45}

+ACLOUDTWINREPORT:14

+ACLOUDREPORTSTATUS:14,204

The server returns a result indicating that the

processing is successful.

Page 195: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 14 Microsoft Hub Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 195

14.12 +ACLOUDRPCCALL–Receiving RPC Request from

the Server

To enable the server to send an RPC request to the device.

Format

Type Command

Unsolicited report +ACLOUDRPCCALL:<n>,<method name>,<payload_len>,<payload><CR>

Timeout

N/A.

Parameter

<n> RPC request ID. In the subsequent sending of the result of responding to

this request, the request ID is needed to confirm which request to be

responded.

<method name> Method name of the request.

<payload> Request payload, which is generally the RPC method parameter

encapsulated in JSON format.

<json format data> Normal data

BAD_PAYLOAD: The data sent by the server does not match, possibly

because the data is too long. Currently only the JSON data in the form of a

string with a maximum length of 2047 bytes is supported.

Example

+ACLOUDRPCCALL:4,m1,8,{“a”:10} Receive an RPC request from the server named m1.

14.13 AT+ACLOUDRPCRESP–Responding to the RPC

Request of the Server

To respond to the RPC request of the server.

The default response timeout of the server is 30 seconds, and the request must be responded within

this period of time.

Page 196: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 14 Microsoft Hub Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 196

Returning OK does not ensure that the server's request is responded. If timeout occurs, the RPC

result of the server will be timeout, but the module will still return OK. Currently, the module simply

sends OK, and there is no closed-loop confirmation process for the response action.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+ACLOUDRPCRESP=<n>,

<status>,<payload><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>+ACLOUDRPCRESP:<errtext><CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<n> RPC request ID.

<status> RPC execution result. The value of parameter is the HTTP status code. Typical

values are as follows:

2xx (such as 200 and 204): indicates that the RPC request is successful.

4xx (such as 400 and 404): indicates that the content of the server's RPC request

is incorrect or invalid.

5xx: indicates that the RPC request fails.

<payload> Result payload, which must be in JSON format. If the data contains commas and

semicolons, the entire data must be enclosed with "".

<result> Result description

NOT_CONNECTED: The connection is not set up yet.

SEND_INPUT: A sending error occurs.

TIMEOUT: Acknowledgement times out.

SETTING_ERROR: The setting is incorrect.

NETWORK_ERROR: A network error occurs.

Example

AT+ACLOUDRPCRESP=4,200,{“r”:1}

OK

A response is sent to the server, and the execution is

successful.

Page 197: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 15 GPS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 197

15 GPS Commands

15.1 AT$MYGPSPWR–Switching GPS

To switch GPS.

GPS service occupies a lot of resources. If it is not used, disable the service.

After the request is sent successfully, it will take the module some time to enable the GPS service and

get GPS position. It depends on the circumstance. Ensure that a matched antenna is used.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT$MYGPSPWR=<n><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<n> 0: disable GPS service

1: enable GPS service

Example

AT$MYGPSPWR=1

OK

Enable GPS service

AT$MYGPSPWR=0

OK

Disable GPS service

Page 198: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 15 GPS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 198

15.2 AT$MYGPSSTATE–Querying GPS Status

To query GPS status.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT$MYGPSSTATE<CR>

<CR><LF>$MYGPSSTATE: gps closed<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>$MYGPSSTATE: gps opened<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

N/A.

Example

AT$MYGPSPWR=1

OK

AT$MYGPSSTATE

$MYGPSSTATE: gps opened

Enable GPS

Query GPS status.

15.3 AT$MYGPSPOS–Obtaining NMEA Data

To obtain NMEA data.

The obtained data is GPS coordinates.

It takes time to fix the position for the first time after GPS is enabled.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT$MYGPSPOS=<TYPE>, 0:NMEA$GPGGA

Page 199: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 15 GPS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 199

<Mode><CR> <CR><LF>$MYGPSPOS:

$GPGGA,<1>,<2>,<3>,<4>,<5>,

<6>,<7>,<8>,<9>,<10>,<11>,<12>,<13>,<14>*<hh>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

1:NMEA$GPGSA

<CR><LF>$MYGPSPOS:

$GPGSA,<1>,<2>,<3>,<4>,<5>,

<6>,<7>,<8>,<9>,<10>,<11>,<12>,<13>,<14>,<15>,<1

6>,<17>,*<hh><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

2:NMEA$GPGSV

<CR><LF>$MYGPSPOS: $GPGSV,

<1>,<2>,<3>,<4>,<5>,

<6>,<7>[,<4>,<5>,<6>,<7>...]*<hh>

<CR><LF>$GPGSV,

<1>,<2>,<3>,<4>,<5>,<6>,<7>[,<4>,

<5>,<6>,<7>...]*<hh>

<CR><LF>...

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

3:NMEA$GPRMC

<CR><LF>$MYGPSPOS:

$GPRMC,<1>,<2>,<3>,<4>,<5>,

<6>,<7>,<8>,<9>,<10>,<11>,<12>*<hh>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

4:NMEA$GPVTG

<CR><LF>$MYGPSPOS:

$GPVTG,<1>,T,<2>,M,<3>,N, <4>,K,<5>*<hh>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

5:NMEA$GPGLL

<CR><LF>$MYGPSPOS:

$GPGLL,<1>,<2>,<3>,<4>,<5>, <6>*<hh>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<TYPE> GPS data type, integer

0: NMEA$GPGGA

1: NMEA$GPGSA

2: NMEA$GPGSV

3: NMEA$GPRMC

4: NMEA$GPVTG

Page 200: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 15 GPS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 200

5:NMEA$GPGLL

6: all GPS data

<Mode> output mode

0: output once (default)

1: output periodically

2: disable periodic output

0: NMEA$GPGGA

<1> UTC time of position fix, hh mm ss

<2> latitude of position, dd mm mmmm

<3> North & South Hemispheres

N: north

S: south

<4> longitude of position, ddd mm mmmm

<5> Western & Eastern Hemispheres

E: east

W: west

<6> GPS quality indicator

0: no fix

1: GPS fix

2: differential GPS fix

3: not valid

6: estimated

<7> Number of satellites in use

<8> Horizontal Dilution of Precision (HDOP)

<9> altitude above mean sea level (geoid)

<10> units of altitude

M: Meter

<11> geoidal height

<12> unit of geoidal height

<13> time since last DGPS update

<14> DGPS reference station ID

<hh> checksum

1: NMEA$GPGSA

<1> Mode

A: Automatic

M: Manual

<2> fix mode

1: invalid fix

2: 2D fix

3: 3D fix

<3> PRN number of satellites used for fix

<4> PRN number in second channel

<5> PRN number in third channel

<6> PRN number in forth channel

<7> PRN number in fifth channel

Page 201: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 15 GPS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 201

<8> PRN number in sixth channel

<9> PRN number in seventh channel

<10> PRN number in eighth channel

<11> PRN number in ninth channel

<12> PRN number in tenth channel

<13> PRN number in eleventh channel

<14> PRN number in twelfth channel

<15> position (3D) dilution of precision (PDOP) (0.5 - 99.9)

<16> HDOP (0.5 - 99.9)

<17> VDOP (0.5 - 99.9)

<hh> checksum

2: NMEA$GPGSV

<1> Message number

<2> Message number

<3> Total number of satellites in view, ranging from 00 to 12.

<4> SV PRN number, ranging from 01 to 32.

<5> Evaluation in degrees, ranging from 00 to 90 degree.

<6> Azimuth, degrees from true north, 000 to 359

<7> SNR (C/No), 00-99 dB (null when not tracking)

<hh> checksum

8-11: Information about second SV, same as field 4-7

12-15: Information about third SV, same as field 4-7

16-19: Information about fourth SV, same as field 4-7

The number of $GPGSV sentences is same as the value of <1>.

3: NMEA$GPRMC

<1> UTC time of position fix, hhmmss

<2> status of position fix

A: valid

V: invalid

<3> latitude of fix, ddmm.mmmm

<4> N or S

N: North

S: South

<5> longitude, dddmm.mmmm

<6> E or W

E: East

W: West

<7> Track made good in degrees, 000.0~359.9, True

<8> Track made good in degrees, 000.0~359.9, True

<9> UTC date, ddmmyy

<10> Magnetic variation degrees (Easterly var. subtracts from true course), 000.0~180.0

<11> E or W

E: Eastern

W: Western

<12> GPS quality indicator

Page 202: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 15 GPS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 202

A: Automatic

D: DGPS

E: Estimated

N: invalid

<hh> Checksum

4: NMEA$GPVTG

<1> True track made good (degrees)

<2> Magnetic track made good

<3> Ground speed, knots

<4> Ground speed, Kilometers per hour

<5> GPS quality indicator

A: Autonomous

D: DGPS

E: Estimated

N: Invalid

<hh> Checksum

5: NMEA$GPGLL

<1> Latitude, ddmm.mmmm

<2> N or S

N: North

S: South

<3> Longitude, dddmm.mmmm

<4> E or W

E: East

W: West

<5> UTC time of position fix, hhmmss.sss

<6> Status

A: Fix

V: No fix

<hh> Checksum

Example

AT$MYGPSPOS=0

$MYGPSPOS:

$GPGGA,060239.00,2241.170914,N,11359.187225,E,2,16,2.5,116.6,M,,,,*39

OK

Obtain the position

information.

AT$MYGPSPOS=1

$MYGPSPOS: $GPGSA,A,2,01,11,16,22,,,,,,,,,2.4,2.2,1.0*32

OK

Obtain GPGSA

message.

AT$MYGPSPOS=2

$MYGPSPOS:

$GPGSV,5,1,19,01,57,160,50,11,84,151,31,16,09,090,41,22,10,140,49*74

$GPGSV,5,2,19,04,40,184,,07,57,314,,08,87,050,,10,03,164,*7B

$GPGSV,5,3,19,15,15,270,,19,,,,20,,,,21,50,071,*78

$GPGSV,5,4,19,24,13,196,,26,05,309,,28,,,,32,,,*7A

$GPGSV,5,5,19,41,,,41,42,,,43,50,,,43*72

OK

Obtain GPGSV

message.

Page 203: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 15 GPS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 203

AT$MYGPSPOS=3

$MYGPSPOS:

$GPRMC,074855.00,A,2241.207019,N,11359.188919,E,0.0,78.5,050517,2.3,W,A*16

OK

Obtain GPRMC

message.

AT$MYGPSPOS=4

$MYGPSPOS: $GPVTG,78.5,T,80.8,M,0.0,N,0.0,K,A*29

OK

Obtain GPVTG message

AT$MYGPSPOS=5

$MYGPSPOS: $GPGLL,2241.207179,N,11359.188345,E,074856.00,A*0F

OK

Obtain GPGLL message

15.4 AT$MYGNSSSEL–Enabling an Aid GNSS System

To enabling an aid GNSS system.

Before selecting an aid GNSS system, enable GPS.

Positioning data of the aid GNSS system can be queried by $MYGNSSMSG.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT$MYGNSSSEL=<n><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<n> GNSS type

0: BD

1: GLONASS

2: GALILEO

3: BD, GLONASS, GALILEO

Example

AT$MYGNSSSEL=1

OK

Enable GLONASS for aid positioning

AT$MYGNSSSEL=0 Enable BD for aid positioning

Page 204: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 15 GPS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 204

OK

15.5 AT$MYGNSSMSG–Obtaining Positioning Data of Aid

GNSS System

To obtain the positioning data of the aid GNSS system.

V003 or later versions support this command.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT$MYGNSSMSG<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

N/A.

Example

AT$MYGNSSMSG

$GLGSV,3,1,09,,,,37,70,08,234,20,82,42,033,18,73,28,337,30*5D

$GLGSV,3,2,09,80,47,040,22,79,14,102,39,84,19,196,35,83,73,158,43*68

$GLGSV,3,3,09,71,08,282,16*5D

$GNGNS,015559.80,2241.185287,N,11359.175639,E,AAA,10,0.8,111.3,-1.0,,*0F

$GNGSA,A,2,73,79,83,84,,,,,,,,,1.1,0.8,0.8,2*3E

OK

Obtain the positioning

data of the aid GNSS

system.

GLONASS is enabled as for

aid positioning.

The navigational

messages of GLONASS is

returned

AT$MYGNSSMSG

$GNGNS,015559.80,2241.185287,N,11359.175639,E,AAA,10,0.8,111.3,-1.0,,*0F

$GNGSA,A,2,201,203,204,206,209,,,,,,,,1.4,1.1,0.8,4*03

OK

Only BD is enabled for aid

positioning.

Page 205: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 15 GPS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 205

15.6 AT+XTRAOPEN–Enabling/Disabling XTRA Aid

Positioning

To enable or disable XTRA aid positioning

It is recommended to enable XTRA aid positioning and inject data before enabling GPS function.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+XTRAOPEN=<n><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<n> 0: disable

1: enable

Example

AT+XTRAOPEN=1

OK Enable XTRA aid positioning.

AT+XTRAOPEN=0

OK Enable XTRA aid positioning.

15.7 AT+XTRASEND–Writing XTRA Data to Cache

To write XTRA data to cache

⚫ Enable XTRA before data injection and time injection.

⚫ You can download the XTRA data from the following websites:

http://xtrapath1.izatcloud.net/xtra2.bin

http://xtrapath2.izatcloud.net/xtra2.bin

Page 206: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 15 GPS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 206

http://xtrapath3.izatcloud.net/xtra2.bin

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+XTRASEND=<length>,<timeout><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<length> Data length written.

<timeout> Timeout period (s).

Example

AT+XTRASEND=60831,10

>

OK

Write XTRA data to cache.

15.8 AT+XTRAINJECTDATA–Injecting XTRA Data

To inject XTRA cached into GPS.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+XTRAINJECTDATA<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT+XTRAINJECTDATA?<CR>

<CR><LF>+XTRAINJECTDATA:<valid_time>,

<production date>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Page 207: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 15 GPS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 207

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<valid_time> the valid time of XTRA data, 7*24h in general.

<production

date>

production time (UTC format) of XTRA data, unit: ms.

Example

AT+XTRAINJECTDATA

OK Inject XTRA data cached into GPS.

AT+XTRAINJECTDATA?

+XTRAINJECTDATA:168,1523494800000

OK

Query the valid time of XTRA data.

15.9 AT+XTRAINJECTTIME–Injecting XTRA Time

To inject current time into GPS.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+XTRAINJECTTIME=<current_time>,<unc

ertainty_time><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<current_time> current UTC time, unit: ms.

<uncertainty_time> uncertainty time, unit: ms.

Page 208: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 15 GPS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 208

Example

AT+XTRAINJECTTIME=1522831197000,40

OK Inject current time into GPS.

15.10 AT+AGPSOPEN–Setting APN of AGPS

To set the APN of AGPS.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+AGPSOPEN=<pdp_type>,<apnname><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<pdp_type> 1: IPV4

2: IPV6

3: IPV4V6

<apnname> APN, length ranging from 1 to 100.

Example

AT+AGPSOPEN=1,3GNET

OK Set the APN of AGPS.

15.11 AT+SETSERVER–Setting AGPS Server

To set the server of AGPS.

SETSERVER must be set before GPS is enabled.

Page 209: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 15 GPS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 209

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+SETSERVER =<n>,<url>,<port><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<n> current network mode

1: 3GPP2

3: 3GPP (only GSM, WCDMA, and LTE are supported)

<url> Server address, IPV4, IPV6, and URL are supported

<port> Server port

Example

AT+SETSERVER=3,supl.qxwz.com,7276

OK

Set the server address of AGPS

15.12 AT+GPSDEL–Clearing GPS Data

To clear GPS data.

It is recommended to use this command before enabling GPS or after disabling GPS.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+GPSDEL<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Page 210: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 15 GPS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 210

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

N/A.

Example

AT+GPSDEL

OK

Clear GPS data

15.13 AT$MYGPSCFG–Setting GPS

To set GPS parameters.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT$MYGPSCFG=<type>,<value><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT$MYGPSCFG?<CR>

<CR><LF>$MYGPSCFG:

<type>,<value>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<type> Specify how to set

0: set GPS update frequency

1: set NMEA data report

2: set format of NMEA data reported

Others: reserved

Page 211: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 15 GPS Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 211

<value> <type>: Specify how to set

0: set GPS update frequency

1: set NMEA data report

2: set format of NMEA data reported

Others: reserved

<value>: set based on <type>

type=0, update interval, ranging from 100 to 60000 ms

type=1, specify whether to report. 0: disable report. 1: enable report (default).

type=2, decimal number. The following list masks of different NMEA formats. All

enabled by default.

GPGGA 0x00000001

GPRMC 0x00000002

GPGSV 0x00000004

GPGSA 0x00000008

GPVTG 0x00000010

GLGSV 0x00000080

GNGSA 0x00000100

GNGNS 0x00000200

GARMC 0x00000400

GAGSV 0x00000800

GAGSA 0x00001000

GAVTG 0x00002000

GAGGA 0x00004000

PQGSA 0x00008000

PQGSV 0x00010000

GPGLL 0x00020000

Example

AT$MYGPSCFG=0,1000

OK

Set GPS update frequency to 1 second. NMEA data

is reported every one second.

AT$MYGPSCFG?

$MYGPSCFG: 0,1000

$MYGPSCFG: 1,1

$MYGPSCFG: 2,4294967295

OK

Query parameter settings.

AT$MYGPSCFG=2,1 Set to report GPGGA data only.

AT$MYGPSCFG=1,0 Disable NMEA report.

Page 212: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 16 DTMF Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 212

16 DTMF Commands

16.1 AT+VTS–Sending DTMF Tone

To enable or disable XTRA aid positioning.

This command is valid during a call.

Only 0-9, *, and # are supported on CDMA networks.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+VTS=<DTMF>[,<duration>]<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Test AT+VTS=?<CR> <CR><LF>+VTS: (value range of <DTMF>)

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<DTMF> A single ASCII character in the set 0-9, #, *, A-D.

Example

AT+VTS=?

+VTS: (0-9,A-D,*,#)

OK

Query the DTMF signal range of the module.

AT+VTS=1

OK

Set during a call.

AT+VTS=1

ERROR

Set not during a call.

Page 213: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 16 DTMF Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 213

16.2 AT+DTMFDETECT–Enabling DTMF Detection

To enable DTMF detection.

After the module starts to detect DTMF, and detects the DTMF signal transmitted by the other device,

DTMF KEY(Rec):<key> will be returned.

The available values of <key> are 0-9, #, *, and A-D. See the parameters of the AT+VTS command.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+DTMFDETECT=<value><CR>

<CR><LF>+DTMF: DETECT START OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>+DTMF: DETECT STOP OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>+DTMF: DETECT ALREADY

STARTED<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>+DTMF: OPERATION NOT

ALLOWED<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<value> integer, ranging from 0 to 1.

1: start DTMF detection

0: stop DTMF detection

Example

AT+DTMFDETECT=1

+DTMF: DETECT START OK

start DTMF detection

AT+DTMFDETECT=1

+DTMF: DETECT START OK

DTMF KEY(Rec): *

DTMF KEY(Rec): #

start DTMF detection

*, #, and 8 have been detected respectively.

Page 214: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 16 DTMF Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 214

DTMF KEY(Rec): 8

AT+DTMFDETECT=0

+DTMF: DETECT STOP OK

Stop DTMF detection.

Page 215: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 17 GSM Location Command

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 215

17 GSM Location Command

17.1 AT+CIPGSMLOC–Obtaining the Location of the

Module

To obtain the location information of the module.

The obtained location information is the GPS coordinates.

If the server does not reply in 10 seconds after the request is submitted successfully, the module

returns +CIPGSMLOC: TIMEOUT. TIMEOUT.

The current coordinates of latitude and longitude are valid and precision is reserved (0.0 by default).

Format

Type Command Response

Execute ⚫ AT+CIPGSMLOC<CR>

⚫ AT+CIPGSMLOC=<n><CR>

<CR><LF>+CIPGSMLOC: <fail_string><CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>+CIPGSMLOC: {<result_string>}

<CR><LF>+CIPGSMLOC: OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>+CIPGSMLOC: <code><CR><LF>

<CR><LF>+CIPGSMLOC: FAIL<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>+CIPGSMLOC: TIMEOUT<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<n> request selection

Page 216: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 17 GSM Location Command

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 216

0: Close location request (default)

1: multi-BS positioning request (reserved)

<fail_string> Failure string

CONTACT FAIL

LINK FAIL

LINK NOT FREE

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>+CIPGSMLOC: {<result_string>}

<CR><LF>+CIPGSMLOC: OK<CR><LF>

<result_string> string including longitude and latitude

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>+CIPGSMLOC: <code>

<CR><LF>+CIPGSMLOC: FAIL <CR><LF>

<code> return code after request is submitted successfully but not longitude or latitude

information is returned.

401: No right

400: error occurs during request parsing.

404: legal request, but the queried BS is not included.

408: parsing times out.

500: internal error of server

Example

AT+CIPGSMLOC

OK

+CIPGSMLOC:{"location":{"lat":22.6824031166

13813,"lng":113.99042272056248},"accuracy":

0.0}

+CIPGSMLOC: OK

Single-BS positioning request is executed

successfully in State Grid mode.

The module reports location coordinates.

AT+CIPGSMLOC

+CIPGSMLOC: CONTACT FAIL

The server domain name fails to be translated.

AT+CIPGSMLOC

+CIPGSMLOC: LINK FAIL

The connection to the server fails to be set up.

AT+CIPGSMLOC

OK

+CIPGSMLOC: 404

+CIPGSMLOC: FAIL

The location request is sent successfully, but the

queried BS is not included.

AT+CIPGSMLOC=1

OK

AT+CIPGSMLOC=1

+CIPGSMLOC: LINK NOT FREE

Request multi-BS positioning.

Last request has not been responded.

AT+CIPGSMLOC=0

OK

End the request

AT+CIPGSMLOC=1

OK

+CIPGSMLOC:{"location":{"lat":22.6896466286

71216,

Request multi-BS positioning in standard mode is

executed successfully.

The module reports its location coordinates.

Page 217: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 17 GSM Location Command

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 217

"lng":113.98586121790129},"accuracy":0.0}

+CIPGSMLOC: OK

17.2 AT+SERVINFO–Query Server Information

To query server information.

This command is available to GSM network querying, for other networks, only OK is returned.

After the module is started and registers the network, send this command to query the information of

the current base station server.

If the network encounters abnormality, no server information is returned.

<TA> is valid only when the module is in GSM communication or GPRS data receiving/sending status.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+SERVINFO<CR>

+SERVINFO:

<ARFCN>,<dBm>,<OperorName>,<NetCode>,<BSIC>,<LA

C>,<TA>,<GPRS>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<ARFCN> absolute RF channel number of the base station system

<dBm> RSSI (dBm)

<OperorName> operator name (character string type)

<NetCode> network code (digit format, MCC+MNC)

<BSIC> base station ID (hexadecimal format)

<LAC> location area code, (hexadecimal format)

<TA> timing advance (255 when the network is idle; valid values range from 0 to 63)

<GPRS> to support GPRS or not

1: support

0: not support

Page 218: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 17 GSM Location Command

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 218

Example

AT+SERVINFO

20,-66,"China Mobile","46000",1A,286F,0,1

OK

Query server information

AT+SERVINFO

OK

No server information

17.3 AT+POSI–Querying Base Station Information

To query the base station information

This command is available to GSM network querying, for other networks, only OK will be returned by

executing this command.

If no cell is found, the module returns OK.

If there are multiple pieces of base station information, the data circulates between MCC and ENDED.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+POSI=MODE<CR>

<CR><LF>+POSI: MODE,MCC,MNC,LAC,CI,BSIC,

RxLev,ENDED

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

MODE 1, indicates that all base station information will be read

MCC Country code (460 indicates China)

MNC mobile network code, hexadecimal. China Mobile is 0 or 2.

LAC area code, hexadecimal

CI Cell ID, hexadecimal

BSIC base station ID (hexadecimal format)

RxLev signal strength of the base station, expressed by 1 to 64

Page 219: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 17 GSM Location Command

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 219

ENDED end symbol. 0 indicates there is more base station information; 1 indicates that this

is the last line of the base station information.

Example

AT+POSI=1

+POSI: 1,460,00,27A8,EA7,1D,7,1

OK

Obtain the information of one base station.

AT+POSI=1

+POSI:

1,460,00,286F,FCB,1A,63,0,460,00,286F,107F,2,24,0

,460,00,286F,F3F,7,21,0,460,00,286F,107D,28,22,0,

460,00,286F,107E,24,28,0,460,00,286F,FCA,14,25,1

OK

Obtain the information of multiple base stations

AT+POSI

OK

No mode is selected

Page 220: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 18 ADC Temperature Collection Command

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 220

18 ADC Temperature Collection Command

18.1 AT$MYADCTEMP–Querying Environment

Temperature

To query the environment temperature

Peripheral circuit support is required.

Refer to Neoway temperature sensing scheme.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT$MYADCTEMP=<mode><CR>

<CR><LF>$MYADCTEMP: <temp>,<volt>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<mode> Selection of the temperature sensing scheme.

0: temperature and voltage at ADC port

1: reserved

OVL the temperature exceeds the lower threshold -40 °

OVH the temperature exceeds the higher threshold 95 °C

Example

AT$MYADCTEMP=0

$MYADCTEMP: 10,350

OK

Get the temperature and voltage at the ADC port.

Page 221: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 19 Time Synchronization Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 221

19 Time Synchronization Commands

19.1 AT+UPDATETIME–Updating Time to Network

To update the module time to the network time

Set up a PPP link (AT+XIIC=1) before sending this command. Send AT+CCLK? to query whether

RTC is synchronized to the current network time after this command is sent successfully.

The settings by this command are not saved after the module is powered down.

Format

Type Command Response

Set

AT+UPDATETIME=<mode>

[,<serv_ip>, <time>[[,<TZ>]

[,<DST>]]]<CR>

<mode>=0

<CR><LF>+UPDATETIME: Last Update Time

yyyy-mm-dd,hh: mm: ss<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

<mode>=1

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>+UPDATETIME: <result code><CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>Time Updating,Please Wait... <CR><LF>

<CR><LF>+UPDATETIME: <result code><CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>Time Updating,Please Wait... <CR><LF>

<CR><LF>+UPDATETIME: Update To yyyy-mm-dd,hh:

mm: ss <CR><LF>

Query AT+UPDATETIME?<CR>

<CR><LF>+UPDATETIME: <serv_ip>,<time>,

<TZ>,<DST><CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Test AT+UPDATETIME=?<CR>

<CR><LF>+UPDATETIME: (value range of <mode>),,

(value range of <time>),,(value range of <DST>)<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Page 222: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 19 Time Synchronization Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 222

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 60s.

Parameter

<mode> 0: query mode. Query when the time was updated to the network time last time.

1: setting mode. Synchronize the time to the network time.

<serv_ip> IP address of the time server, in form of xx.xx.xx.xx or domain name

The following time servers support time update: time.windows.com, time.nist.gov, etc.

<time> Timeout period, ranging from 1 to 30, unit: second

<TZ> Time zone, in format of E/W+digits; E8 by default

E: east time zone, 0 to 13

W: west time zone, 0 to 12

0: zero time zone

<DST> Daylight Saving Time

1: select DST auto-adjustment

0: not select (by default)

<result code> ⚫ No PPP Link

⚫ Time Updating,Please Wait...

⚫ Time Out

⚫ Time Data Is Null

⚫ Send Request Fail

⚫ Domain Name Invalid

⚫ Socket Error

Example

AT+UPDATETIME=0

+UPDATETIME: Last Update Time 2014-03-31, 11:10:26

OK

Query when the time was updated last time.

AT+UPDATETIME=0

+UPDATETIME: Last Update Time 0000-00-00, 00:00:00

OK

Query when the time was updated last time.

The time was not updated.

AT+UPDATETIME=1,210.72.145.44,10

+UPDATETIME: No PPP Link

Set up a PPP link.

AT+UPDATETIME=1,120.25.108.11,10,"E8",0

OK

+UPDATETIME: Time Out

Time out

AT+UPDATETIME=1,210.72.145.44,10

OK

Time Updating,Please Wait...

Update the time to that of the server

210.72.145.44.

Timeout period is 10 seconds.

East time zone 8 by default

No DST

Page 223: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 19 Time Synchronization Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 223

+UPDATETIME: Time Out Time update times out because of network

congestion.

AT+UPDATETIME=1,128.138.141.172,10,"E8",0

OK

Time Updating,Please Wait...

+UPDATETIME: Update To 2014-03-31,11:32:55

Update the time to that of the server

128.138.141.172.

Timeout period is 10 seconds.

East time zone 8 by default

No DST

Time is updated successfully.

AT+UPDATETIME=1,time.windows.com,10,"W12",1

OK

Time Updating,Please Wait...

+UPDATETIME: Update To 2014-04-12,15:17:48

Update time to that of time.windows.com.

Timeout period is 10 seconds.

Select west time zone 12.

Select DST.

Time is updated successfully.

AT+UPDATETIME=1,185.255.55.20,10,"E8:15"

OK

Time Updating,Please Wait...

+UPDATETIME: Update To 2019-11-21,13:56:47

AT+UPDATETIME=1,185.255.55.20,10,"E8:30"

OK

Time Updating,Please Wait...

+UPDATETIME: Update To 2019-11-21,14:11:26

AT+UPDATETIME=1,185.255.55.20,10,"E8:45"

OK

Time Updating,Please Wait...

+UPDATETIME: Update To 2019-11-21,14:27:12

AT+UPDATETIME=1,128.138.141.172,10,"W12",1

OK

+UPDATETIME: Send Request Fail

Time update request sending fails.

The reason probably is bad network connection

or inability to support time update.

AT+UPDATETIME=1,time.windows.com,10,"W12",1

OK

+UPDATETIME: Domain Name Invalid

The domain name is invalid. The possible

reason is the SIM (USIM) card is out of credit.

AT+UPDATETIME=1,time.windows.com,10,"W12",1

OK

+UPDATETIME: Socket Error

Socket error.

The possible reason might be network

congestion.

AT+UPDATETIME?

+UPDATETIME: 128.138.141.172,10,"E8",0

Query the IP address of the server to which

the time is updated and the timeout period,

time zone, and DTS.

Page 224: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 19 Time Synchronization Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 224

OK

AT+UPDATETIME=?

+UPDATETIME: (0-1),,(1-30),,(0-1)

OK

Query the value range of parameters.

Page 225: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 20 Network Sharing Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 225

20 Network Sharing Commands

20.1 AT+NETSHAREACT–Enabling Network Sharing

To enable network sharing.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute

AT+NETSHAREACT=<cid>,

<action>,<auto>[,<APN>[,<u

sername>[,<passwd>[,<autht

ype>[,<ip_family>]]]]]

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT+NETSHAREACT?

<CR><LF>+NETSHAREACT:<stat>,<auto>,<err_c

ode>,<wx_stat>,<PDP_type>,<share_mode>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Test AT+NETSHAREACT=?

<CR><LF>+NETSHAREACT:(range of <cid>

value),(range of <action> value),(range of <auto>

value),<APN>,<username>,<passwd>,(range of

<authtype> value)

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<cid> PDP context, ranging from 1 to 11

<action> Action

0: stop

1: start

<auto> Specify whether to enable network sharing automatically after the module is

powered on.

0: manual

Page 226: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 20 Network Sharing Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 226

1: auto

<APN> Access Point Name, ranging from 0 to 99

<user_name> User name, ranging from 0 to 255

<passwd> password, ranging from 0 to 255

<auth_type> Authentication type

0: NONE

1: PAP (default)

2: CHAP

3: PAP and CHAP

<ip_family> IP family

4: IPv4 (Default)

6: IPv6

10: IPv4_6

<share_mode> RNDIS/ECM

<stat> 0: disconnect

1: connect

<atuo> 0: manual

1: auto

<err_code> Not supported

<wx_stat> Notsupported

<PDP_type> IPv4

Example

AT+NETSHAREACT=2,1,0,ctnet,card,card,1

OK

Enable network sharing.

Disable automatic sharing after power on

AT+NETSHAREACT=1,1,0,ctnet,card,card,1,6

OK

IPv6 dialup

network sharing is not supported

AT+NETSHAREACT=?

+NETSHAREACT: (0-11),(0-1),(0-1),"apn","user",

"passwd",(0-3)

OK

Query the parameter ranges.

AT+NETSHAREACT?

+NETSHAREACT: 0,0,,,"IPV4",RNDIS

OK

Query the network sharing status.

20.2 AT$QCRMCALL–RMNET Dialup

To enable network sharing.

Page 227: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 20 Network Sharing Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 227

Format

Type Command Response

Execute

AT$QCRMCALL=<Action>,<Ins

tance>[,<IPType>[,<Tech

Pref>[,<umts

profilenumber>[,<cdma profile

number>[,<APN>]]]]]

<CR><LF>$QCRMCALL:

<Instance>,<IPType><CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF><NO CARRIER><CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF><ERROR><CR><LF

Query AT$QCRMCALL?

<CR><LF>$QCRMCALL:

<Instance>,<IPType><CR><LF

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Test AT$QCRMCALL=?

<CR><LF>$QCRMCALL: (value range of supported

<action>),(value range of supported <Instance>),(value

range of supported <IP Type>),(value range of

supported <Tech Pref>),(value range of supported

<profile num>)<CR><LF

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<Action> specifies whether to enable RMNET dialup

0: Stop

1: Start

<Instance> 1 - 8

<IP Type> IP type

1: IPv4

2: IPv6

3: IPv4v6

<Tech Pref> technology standard

1: 3GPP2

2: 3GPP

<umts_profile> profile number,

1 to 24

<cdma profile

number>

<APN> APN name

maximum of 100 bytes

Page 228: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 20 Network Sharing Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 228

Example

AT$QCRMCALL=1,1,1

$QCRMCALL: 1,V4

OK

Enable the RMNet dialup.

AT$QCRMCALL=1,1,1

NO CARRIER

Failed to activate or network abnormality.

AT$QCRMCALL?

$QCRMCALL: 1,V4

OK

Query the status of RMNet dialup.

The instance number and IP type are returned.

RMNet dialup is enabled successfully.

AT$QCRMCALL?

OK

RMNet dialup is not enabled successfully.

AT$QCRMCALL=1,1,4

ERROR

Parameters are set incorrectly.

AT$QCRMCALL=?

$QCRMCALL:

(0-1),(1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8),(1-3),(1-2),(1-24,100-179),,

OK

Query the value ranges of parameters.

Page 229: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 21 Statistics on Data Traffic

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 229

21 Statistics on Data Traffic

21.1 AT+FLOWCALC–Statistics on Total Data Traffic

To collect the statistics on total data bytes that the module transmits and receives.

This command supports only statistics on data that the module transmitted and received using

external protocols since it was connected to the network last time.

This command is available in the V003 and later versions.

Format

Type Command Response

Query AT+FLOWCALC?<CR> <CR><LF>+FLOWCALC: <rx_count>,<tx_count>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<rx_count> Total data the module received, unit byte

<tx_count> Total data the module transmitted, unit byte

Example

AT+FLOWCALC?

+FLOWCALC: 1355,1260

OK

Query the total data that the module transmitted

and received.

AT+FLOWCALC?

+FLOWCALC: 0,0

OK

Query the total data that the module transmitted

and received.

Page 230: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 21 Statistics on Data Traffic

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 230

21.2 AT+RATECALC–Statistics on Transient Traffic

To collect statistics on transient data bytes that the module transmits and receives within 100ms.

This command supports only statistics on data that the module transmitted and received using

external protocols.

This command is available in the V003 and later versions.

Format

Type Command Response

Query AT+RATECALC?<CR> <CR><LF>+RATECALC: <rx_count>,<tx_count>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<n> 0: disable

1: enable

Example

AT+RATECALC?

+RATECALC: 1355,1260

OK

Query the total data that the module transmitted

and received within 100ms.

AT+RATECALC?

+RATECALC: 0,0

OK

Query the total data that the module transmitted

and received within 100ms.

Page 231: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 22 SIM Card Operating Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 231

22 SIM Card Operating Commands

22.1 AT+CCHO–Enabling Logical Channel of SIM Card

To enable the logical channel of SIM card.

Do not use the default AID.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+CCHO=<dfname><CR>

<CR><LF>+CCHO: <sessionid><CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Test AT+CCHO=?<CR> <CR><LF>+CCHO=<dfname><CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<dfname> AID, a string of 12 to 32 characters (the length must be an event number)

Example

AT+CCHO=a0000000871002ff86ffff89ffffffff

+CCHO: 1

OK

Enable logical channel.

AT+CCHO=?

+CCHO=<dfname>

OK

Query the setting.

Page 232: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 22 SIM Card Operating Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 232

22.2 AT+CCHC–Disabling Logical Channel of SIM Card

To disable the logical channel of the SIM card.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+CCHC=<sessionid><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Test AT+CCHC=?<CR> <CR><LF>+CCHC: <sessionid><CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<sessionid> session ID returned to +CCHO.

Example

AT+CCHC=1

OK Disable logical channel.

AT+CCHC=?

+CCHC=<sessionid>

OK

Query the setting.

22.3 AT+CGLA–Sending APDU Command

To send APDU command through the logical channel of the SIM card.

For details about the format of APDU commands, see the 3GPP protocol.

Format

Type Command Response

Page 233: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 22 SIM Card Operating Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 233

Execute AT+CGLA=<sessionid>,<length

>,<command><CR>

<CR><LF>+CGLA:

<sessionid>,<length>,<command><CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Test AT+CGLA=?<CR> <CR><LF>+CGLA=<sessionid>,<length>,<command>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<sessionid> session ID returned to +CCHO.

<length> command length

<command> APDU command

Example

AT+CGLA=1,10,81F2000000

+CGLA:

118,"6237820278218410A0000000871002FF86FFFF89FFFFFFFFA50

C8001718201FF830400004B5C8A01058B032F0607C60990014083010

18301819000"

OK

Send APDU command.

AT+CGLA=?

+CGLA=<sessionid>,<length>,<command>

OK

Query the setting.

22.4 AT+SIMCARDCONFIG–Enabling/Disabling SIM

Card

To enable/disable SIM card.

The setting by this command is not saved after the module is powered down.

This command is used only after the SIM card is installed successfully. If no SIM card is inserted, this

command is invalid.

Page 234: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 22 SIM Card Operating Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 234

Format

Type Command Response

Set AT+SIMCARDCONFIG=<n><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT+SIMCARDCONFIG?<CR> <CR><LF>+SIMCARDCONFIG: <n><CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<n> 0: invalid operation or initializing

1: disable SIM card

2: enable SIM card

Example

AT+SIMCARDCONFIG=1

OK Disable SIM card

AT+SIMCARDCONFIG?

+SIMCARDCONFIG: 1

OK

Query the status of the SIM card.

The SIM card is disabled.

Page 235: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 23 SIM Card Information

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 235

23 SIM Card Information

23.1 AT+SPN–Reading SPN from SIM EF

To read the service provider name (SPN) from the SIM EF.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+SPN<CR>

<CR><LF>+SPN: SPN

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

N/A.

Example

AT+SPN

+SPN: "CMCC"

OK

The SPN is CMCC.

AT+SPN

ERROR The SIM card is not identified.

Page 236: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 23 SIM Card Information

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 236

23.2 AT+CPINR–Querying Retries of PIN/PUK

To query retries of PIN/PUK to unlock SIM.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+CPINR[=<sel_code>]<CR>

<CR><LF>+CPINR:

<code>,<retries>,<default_retries><CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<sel_code> character string, SIM PIN or SIM PUK.

<code> Querying status, SIM PIN or SIM PUK.

<retries> integer, current remaining retries of PIN/PUK.

<default_retries> integer, default retries of PIN/PUK.

Example

AT+CPINR=”SIM PIN”

+CPINR: SIM PIN,2,3

OK

The remaining retries of PIN is 2.

AT+CPINR=”SIM PUK”

+CPINR: SIM PUK,9,10

OK

The remaining retries of PUK is 9.

AT+CPINR=”SIM PIN”

ERROR The SIM card is not identified.

Page 237: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 24 NITZ Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 237

24 NITZ Commands

24.1 AT+CTZU–Automatic Time Zone Update

To enable and disable automatic time zone update on the device.

The setting by this command is saved after the module is powered down.

Format

Type Command Response

Set AT+CTZU=[<onoff>]<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>

Query AT+CTZU?<CR>

<CR><LF>+CTZU: <onoff><CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<onoff> integer type

0: disable automatic time zone update (default)

1: enable automatic time zone update

Page 238: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 24 NITZ Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 238

Example

AT+CTZU=1

OK Enable automatic time zone update.

AT+CTZU?

+CTZU: 1

OK

Query the NITZ status.

Automatic time zone update is enabled.

24.2 AT+CTZR–Reporting Time Zone Changes

To report the time zone changes.

To update local time, execute +CCLK.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+CTZR=<reporting><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>

Query AT+CTZR?<CR>

<CR><LF>+CTZR: <reporting><CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>+CME ERROR: <err><CR><LF>

Unsolicited

report

⚫ +CTZV: <tz><CR>

⚫ +CTZE: <tz>, <dst>, [<time>]<CR>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Page 239: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 24 NITZ Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 239

Parameter

<reporting> integer type

0: disable report of time zone changes. (default)

1: enable unsolicited report of time zone changes by +CTZV: <tz>.

+CTZV: <tz>.

2: enable unsolicited time zone report by +CTZE:<tz>, <dst>, [<time>].

+CTZE:<tz>, <dst>, [<time>].

<tz> local time zone (every 15 minutes as a unit), a character string in format of ±zz. zz

indicates two integrals, and the value ranges from -96 to +96. Keep these values in

a fixed length. For example, use “-09” or “+09” to represent -9 or +9.

<dst> indicates whether to adjust the day light saving time, integer type.

0: no adjustment

1: +1 hour adjustment

2: +2 hour adjustment

<time> local time, a character string in the format YYYY/MM/DD,hh:mm:ss. MT obtains

the local time from the information that the network provides.

Example

AT+CTZR=1

OK Enable reporting

AT+CTZR?

+CTZR: 1

OK

Query the report status

Unsolicited report is enabled.

+CTZV: “+32” The time zone is UTC+8.

+CTZE: “+32”,0,2018/10/13,15:32:33 Report the local time.

Page 240: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 25 LWM2M Function Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 240

25 LWM2M Function Commands

25.1 AT+NLWSERV–LWM2M Server Parameter

Configuration

To configure the URL and port of the connected LWM2M server.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+NLWSERV=<url>,<port><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT+NLWSERV? <CR><LF>+NLWSERV: <url>,<port><CR><LF>

<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<url> URL of the connected LWM2M server.

<port> Port of the connected LWM2M server.

Example

AT+NLWSERV=58.60.184.213,12009

OK Configure the URL and port of the connected LWM2M server.

AT+NLWSERV?

+NLWSERV: "58.60.184.213",12009

OK

Configure parameters of the connected LWM2M server.

Page 241: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 25 LWM2M Function Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 241

25.2 AT+NLWCONF–Configuring the LWM2M Connection

Parameters

To configure the LWM2M connection parameters.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+NLWCONF=<endpointnam

e>,<lifetime><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT+NLWCONF?<CR> <CR><LF>+NLWCONF: <endpointname>,<lifetime>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<endpointname> Endpoint name of the device.

<lifetime> Lifetime of the device connection.

Example

AT+NLWCONF=neo_lwm2m_client2,60

OK Configure the LWM2M connection parameters.

AT+NLWCONF?

+NLWCONF: "lwm2m_client2",60

OK

Query the LWM2M connection parameters.

25.3 AT+NLWDTLSCFG –Configuring the LWM2M

Encrypted Connection Parameters

To configure the LWM2M encrypted connection parameters.

When adding a certificate for encryption, you must first use AT+CERTADD to add the certificate to the

module.

Page 242: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 25 LWM2M Function Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 242

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+NLWDTLSCFG=<dtls_mod

e>[,dtls_val,…]<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT+NLWDTLSCFG?<CR>

<CR><LF>+NLWDTLSCFG:

<dtls_mode>[,dtls_val,…]<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<dtls_mode> Encrypted connection mode.

0: Pre-Shared Key mode

1: Raw Public Key mode

2: Certificate mode

3: NoSec mode (default)

<dtls_val> Parameters required for the encryption mode.

When dtls_mode = 0:

AT+NLWDTLSCFG =0,<psk_identity>,<psk _key>

Where, psk _key must be in HEX format.

When dtls_mode = 1:

AT+NLWDTLSCFG =1,<cli_prikey>,<cli_pubkey>,<ser_pubkey>

It is currently not supported.

When dtls_mode = 2:

AT+NLWDTLSCFG =2,<cli_prikey>,<cli_cert>,<ser_cert>,

<cli_prikey>: client private key name.

<cli_cert>: client certificate name.

<ser _cert>: server certificate name.

The certificate is added by the AT+CERTADD command.

When dtls_mode = 3:

AT+NLWDTLSCFG =3

Example

AT+NLWDTLSCFG=0,public_pn,3031323334

OK Configure PSK encryption for the LWM2M DTLS connection.

AT+NLWDTLSCFG=2,clikey,clicert,sercert

OK

Configure certificate encryption for the LWM2M DTLS

connection.

Page 243: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 25 LWM2M Function Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 243

AT+NLWDTLSCFG?

+NLWDTLSCONF:

2,"clikey","clicert","sercert"

OK

Query the LWM2M DTLS connection parameters.

25.4 AT+NLWADDOBJ–Adding an LWM2M Object

To add an LWM2M object.

The three objects, including security, server, and devices, are added by default when the client

connection is set up.

This command can be added before and after the connection is set up.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+NLWADDOBJ=<obj_id>,[<ins_

id>[,<res_id>]]<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>+NLWADDOBJ: OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>+NLWADDOBJ:

FAIL,<lwm2m_err><CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<obj_id> Int type, Object ID.

<ins_id> Int type, Instance ID.

<res_id> Int type, Resources ID number.

Example

AT+FTPSTATUS

+FTPSTATUS:1,119.139.221.66,21

Query the FTP link status.

Set up an FTP link, and display the IP address and port

ID of the server.

AT+FTPSTATUS

+FTPSTATUS:0,0.0.0.0,21

Query the FTP link status.

The FTP connection is not set up yet.

Page 244: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 25 LWM2M Function Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 244

25.5 AT+NLWDELOBJ– Deleting an LWM2M Object

To delete an LWM2M object.

This command can be added before and after the connection is set up.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+NLWDELOBJ=<obj_

id><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>+NLWDELOBJ: OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>+NLWDELOBJ: FAIL,<lwm2m_err><CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<obj_id> Int type, Object ID.

Example

AT+NLWDELOBJ=31024

OK

+NLWDELOBJ: OK

Delete test object

AT+NLWDELOBJ=31024

OK

+NLWDELOBJ: FAIL,<-132>

Fail to delete test object

25.6 AT+NLWOPEN–Setting up LWM2M Connection

To set the LWM2M data receiving mode and set up the connection.

Page 245: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 25 LWM2M Function Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 245

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+NLWOPEN=<mode><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>+NLWOPEN: OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>+NLWOPEN: FAIL,<lwm2m_err><CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<mode> LWM2M data receiving mode.

0: Direct push mode

1: Buffer access mode

Example

AT+NLWOPEN=0

OK

+NLWOPEN: OK

Set the LWM2M data receiving mode and set up the connection.

25.7 AT+NLWUPDATE–Updating LWM2M Data

To send and update the LWM2M request.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+NLWUPDATE<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>+NLWUPDATE: OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>+NLWUPDATE: FAIL,<lwm2m_err><CR><LF>

Page 246: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 25 LWM2M Function Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 246

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

N/A.

Example

AT+NLWUPDATE

OK

+NLWUPDATE: OK

LWM2M data updated successfully

25.8 AT+NLWDATASEND–Sending LWM2M Data

To send LWM2M data.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+NLWDATASEND=<obj_id>,<i

ns_id>,<res_id>,<date><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>+NLWDATASEND: OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

<CR><LF>+NLWDATASEND:

FAIL,<lwm2m_err><CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<obj_id> Int type, Object ID.

<ins_id> Int type, Instance ID.

<res_id> Int type, Resources ID.

<date> Data to be sent, ranging from 1 to 1024.

Page 247: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 25 LWM2M Function Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 247

Example

AT+NLWDATASEND=3,0,9,50

OK

+NLWDATASEND: OK

Send data "50" to the /3/0/9 resource.

25.9 AT+NLWDATASTATUS – Querying LWM2M Sending

Status

To query the LWM2M sending status.

The initial NLWDATASTATUS is 4.

Format

Type Command Response

Query AT+NLWDATASTATUS?<CR>

<CR><LF>+NLWDATASTATUS:<status><CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<status> LWM2M sending status.

0: Not sent.

1: Waiting for a response after sending.

2: Failed to send.

3: Sending timeout.

4: Sent successfully.

Example

AT+NLWDATASTATUS?

+NLWDATASTATUS: 4

OK

Query the LWM2M sending status.

Page 248: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 25 LWM2M Function Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 248

25.10 AT+NLWDATASEND–Reading LWM2M Data

To read the LWM2M data received in Buffer access mode.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+NLWRD=<read_len><CR>

<CR><LF>+NLWRD:<read_actual_length>,<remain

_length><CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<read_len> The length of data read.

Example

+NLWDATARECV: 1,0,2,2

AT+NLWRD =2

+NLWRD: 2,0

60

OK

After the uploaded data is received, read 2 bytes of data.

25.11 AT+NLWSTATUS – Querying LWM2M Connection

Status

To query the LWM2M connection status.

Page 249: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 25 LWM2M Function Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 249

Format

Type Command Response

Query AT+NLWSTATUS?<CR>

<CR><LF>+NLWSTATUS:<status><CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<status> LWM2M connection status

0: INITIAL

1: BOOTSTRAP_REQUIRED

2: BOOTSTRAPPING

3: REGISTER_REQUIRED

4: REGISTERING

5: READY (The connection is successfully set up.)

Example

AT+NLWSTATUS?

+NLWSTATUS: 5

OK

Query the LWM2M status

25.12 AT+NLWCLOSE–Closing LWM2M Connection

To close an LWM2M connection.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+NLWCLOSE<CR>

<CR><LF>+NLWCLOSE: FAIL,<lwm2m_err><CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Page 250: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 25 LWM2M Function Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 250

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

N/A.

Example

AT+NLWCLOSE

OK

+NLWCLOSE: OK

Close the LWM2M connection.

25.13 AT+NLWCFG–ConfiguringLWM2M Optional

Parameters

To configure the LWM2M optional parameters.

If the configured data sending type is HEX, the data sent by the +NLWDATASEND command must be

in HEX format.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+NLWCFG=<type>,<type_value1>[,<type

_value2>]<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<type> Optional parameter type.

Page 251: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 25 LWM2M Function Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 251

<type_value1>[,<type_value2>] Optional parameter value.

The following types are supported currently:

Dataformat: Sent and received data format.

Dataformat parameters: <send_data_format>,

<recv_data_format>

0: text format, 1: hex format

bootstrap: Whether to connect to the Bootstrap server.

family: 4: Use the IPv4 mode for auto connection. 6: Use the IPv6

mode for auto connection.

factory_save: 2: Save the connection parameters to the EFS file

system.

Example

AT+NLWCFG=DATAFORMAT,1,0

OK

Set the data sending format to the hex format and the

data receiving format to the text format.

AT+NLWCFG=BOOTSTRAP,1

OK Open a connection to the Bootstrap server.

25.14 AT+NLWOBSERVE–Unsolicited Report of

Observation Mode

Unsolicited report of observation mode.

Format

Type Command

Unsolicited report +NLWOBSERVE:<flag>,<obj_id>,<ins_id>,<res_id><CR>

Timeout

N/A.

Parameter

<flag> Indicates whether the observe mode is enabled.

0: Enable the observe mode.

1: Disable the observe mode.

<obj_id> Int type, Object ID.

<ins_id> Int type, Instance ID.

Page 252: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 25 LWM2M Function Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 252

<res_id> Int type, Resources ID. When res_id=65535, the operated object is the entire

instance, including all resources of the instance.

Example

+NLWOBSERVE: 0,1,0,0 Start to observe the /1/0/0 resource.

+NLWOBSERVE: 0,1,0,65535 Start to observe all the /1/0 resources.

25.15 AT+NLWDATARECV–Unsolicited Report of Data

Reception

Unsolicited report of data reception.

If the buffer access mode is configured upon setup of the connection, only the latest data record is

cached, and the previous records are cleared.

The display format of <data> is determined by the setting of data format.

Format

Type Command

Unsolicited report +NLWDATARECV:<obj_id>,<ins_id>,<res_id>,<length>[,<data>] <CR>

Timeout

N/A.

Parameter

<obj_id> Int type, Object ID.

<ins_id> Int type, Instance ID.

<res_id> Int type, Resources ID.

<length> Length of the data received.

<data> Received data. If the direct push mode is configured upon setup of the connection,

this data will be displayed. If the buffer access mode is configured upon setup of the

connection, this data will be cached and can be read by using the +NLWRD

command.

Page 253: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 25 LWM2M Function Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 253

Example

+NLWDATARECV: 3,0,13,10,"1554346580" Receive the report indicating that the resource /3/0/13

observation starts.

25.16 AT+NLWDATASET–Setting Data

To set the resource value/setting reporting conditions.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT++NLWDATASET=<data>,<type>,<obj_id>

,<obj_ins_id>,<res_id>[,<res_ins_id>] <CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<obj_id> Int type, Object ID.

<obj_ins_id> Int type, Object Instance ID.

<res_id> Int type, Resources ID.

<res_ins_id> Int type, Resources Instance ID.

<type> Data type:

1 to 2: NLWDATASET is used to fill the value of the resource. <type> represents

the data type of <data>:

1) Integer

2) String

4 to 9: Set the conditions for reporting the resource value or setting:

4) Set the reporting condition as follows: If the time since the previous check of the

resource value is less than <data> (unit: second), the current change of the

resource value will be reported; otherwise it will not be reported.

5) Set the reporting condition as follows: If the time since the previous check of the

resource value is greater than <data>, the current change of the resource value

will be reported; otherwise it will not be reported.

6) Set the reporting condition as follows: If the resource value is greater than

<data>, the current resource value will be reported; otherwise it will not be

reported.

Page 254: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 25 LWM2M Function Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 254

7) Set the reporting condition as follows: If the resource value is less than <data>,

the current resource value will be reported; otherwise it will not be reported.

8) Set the reporting condition as follows: If the change amount of resource value

changed compared with that in the previous check is greater than <data>, the

current change of the resource value will be reported; otherwise it will not be

reported.

9) Set the condition as reporting unconditionally.

-4 to -8: Cancel the configured reporting conditions.

<data> Fill in the resource value (integer/string) or set the reporting standard (integer).

Example

AT+ NLWDATASET=1

ERROR

AT+ NLWDATASET=160,1,1,0,1

OK

The command format is incorrect.

The resource 1/0/1 resource is successfully set to 160.

Page 255: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 26 FOTA Command

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 255

26 FOTA Command

26.1 AT+NEOFOTA–FOTA Command

To control the firmware-over-the-air of the module.

Do NOT power down or restart the module during the upgrade.

If the baud rate is set to automatic detection, send AT\r\n to detect the baud rate and then the module

returns the upgrade result.

+NEOFOTA: GPRS DISCONNECTION is returned if PDP context is not activated.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+NEOFTPFOTA=<url>,<port>,

<user>,<pwd>,<pkt_name><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

Failed to download the upgrade package.

<CR><LF>+NEODOWNLOAD: FAIL<CR><LF>

Or

The upgrade package is downloaded

successfully.

<CR><LF>+NEODOWNLOAD:

SUCCESS<CR><LF>

Or

Start to upgrade.

<CR><LF>+NEOUPDATE: START<CR><LF>

Or

Upgrade successfully.

<CR><LF>+NEOUPDATE: SUCCESS<CR><LF>

Failed to upgrade.

<CR><LF>+NEOUPDATE: FAIL<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Page 256: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 26 FOTA Command

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 256

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<url> IP address of the server

<port> Port number of the server

<user> User name

<pwd> Password

<pkt_name> File name of the upgrade package

Example

AT+NEOFTPFOTA=58.60.184.213,12008,neoway,neoway,update-V013C-V013B.zip

OK

+NEODOWNLOAD:SUCCESS

+NEOUPDATE:START

+NEOUPDATE:SUCCESS

Start to upgrade.

The upgrade package is

downloaded successfully.

Start to upgrade.

Upgrade successfully.

Page 257: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 27 Other AT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 257

27 Other AT Commands

27.1 AT$MYPOWEROFF–Powering Off the Module

To power off the module.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT$MYPOWEROFF<CR> <CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

N/A.

Example

AT$MYPOWEROFF

OK

Power off the module.

27.2 AT$MYSOCKETLED–Controlling the Indicator of

Socket Status

To control the indicator of socket status.

This command is used to control the LED indicator when the socket is connected complying with

external protocol stack.

Page 258: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 27 Other AT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 258

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT$MYSOCKETLED=<ONOFF><CR> <CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<ONOFF> Indicates the socket status, integer type.

0: The LED status when the socket is not connected.

1: The LED status when the socket is connected.

Example

AT$MYSOCKETLED=1

OK

27.3 AT$MYGMR–Obtaining the Version Information of

the Module

To obtain the version information of the module firmware and hardware.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT$MYGMR<CR>

<CR><LF><module_manufacture>

<CR><LF><module_model>

<CR><LF><firmware_version>

<CR><LF><firmware_release_date>

<CR><LF><module_hardware_version>

<CR><LF><module_hardware_release_date>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Page 259: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 27 Other AT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 259

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<module_manufacture> Manufacture code, 4 bytes in ASCII format.

<module_model> Module mode, 8 bytes in ASCII format.

<firmware_version> Firmware version, 4 bytes in ASCII format.

<firmware_release_date> Firmware release date, DDMMYY, 6 bytes in ASCII format.

<module_hardware_version> Hardware version, 4 bytes in ASCII format.

<module_hardware_release

date>

Hardware release date

Example

AT$MYGMR

NEO6

N58

V001

121019

V1.0

020919

OK

27.4 AT$MYCCID–Obtaining the CCID of the SIM Card

To obtain the circuit card identifier (CCID) of the SIM card.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT$MYCCID<CR>

<CR><LF>$MYCCID: <SIM_CCID>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Page 260: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 27 Other AT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 260

Parameter

<reversion> software version

Example

AT$MYCCID

$MYCCID: "89860112965403839541"

OK

AT$MYCCID

ERROR

Query the CCID of the SIM card.

Error is returned because no SIM card is installed.

27.5 AT$MYTYPE–Querying the Type of the Module

To query the software version.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT$MYTYPE?<CR>

<CR><LF>$MYTYPE:

<mode>,<network_type>,<extended_feature>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<mode> Work mode. Extensible bytes are indicated by bit.

1 at bit 0: supporting transparent mode

1 at bit 1: supporting non-transparent mode

<network_type> Network type. Extensible bytes are indicated by bit.

1 at bit 0: GSM network supports GPRS

1 at bit 1: WCDMA network

1 at bit 2: TD-SCDMA network

1 at bit 3: CDMA 2000

1 at bit 4: CDMA EVDO

1 at bit 5: LTE

1 at bit 6: PSTN

Page 261: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 27 Other AT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 261

1 at bit 7: extending one byte

<extended_feature> Extended feature. Extensible bytes are indicated by bit.

1 at bit 0: supporting GPS positioning function

1 at bit 1: supporting BeiDou positioning function

1 at bit 7: extending one byte

Example

AT$MYTYPE?

$MYTYPE: 03,3F,00

OK

27.6 AT$MYMODEM (Standards for Canton)–Querying

the Type of the Module

To query the type of the module.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT$MYMODEM?<CR> <CR><LF>$MYMODEM: <mode>,<network_type>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<mode> Work mode. Extensible bytes are indicated by bit.

1 at bit 0: supporting transparent mode

1 at bit 1: supporting non-transparent mode

<network_type> Network type. Extensible bytes are indicated by bit, 16-bit

1 at bit 0: GPRS

1 at bit 1: CDMA network

1 at bit 2: TD-SCDMA network

1 at bit 3: WCDMA

1 at bit 4: CDMA EVDO

1 at bit 5: TDD-LTE

Page 262: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 27 Other AT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 262

1 at bit 6: FDD-LTE

Bits 8 to 15: Reserved

Example

AT$MYMODEM?

$MYMODEM: 03,7F00

OK

27.7 AT$MYBCCH–Locking BCCH Channel

To lock BCCH channel.

This command is used only for modules that support GSM900/1800.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT$MYBCCH=<mode>[,<bcch1>],[<

bcch2>],[<bcch3>]<CR>

Query AT$MYBCCH?<CR>

<CR><LF>$MYBCCH:

<bcch1>,<mcc1>,<mnc1>,<lac1>,<cell-id1>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Test AT$MYBCCH=?<CR>

<CR><LF>$MYBCCH: (list

Of <mode>s),<bcch1>,…<bcch3>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<mode> Integer. The settings of locked channel can be saved after the module is powered off

only by running AT$MYBCCH=1,XX. If the BCCH locked does not exist or its signal is

weak, the module cannot register network.

0: Unlock

1: Lock the BCCH cell

2: List IDs of seven BCCH channels that have the strongest signals at current place.

Page 263: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 27 Other AT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 263

<bcch> channel ID

<num> the number of BCCH channels in the BA list (7 at most)

<mcc> Mobile country code

<mnc> Mobile network code

<lac> Location ID, four-byte characters in hexadecimal format

<cell-id> Cell ID, hexadecimal

Example

AT$MYBCCH=2

$MYBCCH: 115,460,03,2540,79BB

$MYBCCH: 113,460,03,2540,79BC

$MYBCCH: 111,460,03,2540,79BA

OK

List IDs of the BCCH channels that have the

strongest signals at current place.

AT$MYBCCH=1,120

OK

Lock channel 120.

AT$MYBCCH=?

$MYBCCH: (0,1,2), 120, 0, 0

OK

Query the value range of parameters in this

command. Channels 120 can be locked.

AT$MYBCCH?

$MYBCCH: 734, 460, 1, 2543, AB12

OK

Query channels that are locked currently.

AT$MYBCCH=0

OK

Unlock

27.8 AT$MYBAND–Locking GSM Band

To lock the specified GSM band.

This command is used only for modules that support GSM900/1800.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT$MYBAND=<band><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR: 980<CR><LF>

Query AT$MYBAND?<CR> <CR><LF>$MYBAND: <band>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Page 264: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 27 Other AT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 264

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<band> Band to be locked. The setting of this parameter will be saved after the module is

powered off.

0: Select a band automatically

1: GSM_EGSM_900

2: GSM_DCS_1800

Example

AT$MYBAND=1

OK

AT$MYBAND?

$MYBAND: 1

OK

27.9 AT$MYLACID–Querying Current LAC and CELL_ID

To query current LAC and CELL_ID.

This command is used only for modules that support GSM900/1800.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT$MYLACID<CR>

<CR><LF>$MYLACID: <LAC>,<CELL_ID>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Page 265: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 27 Other AT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 265

Parameter

<LAC> Location Area Code, hexadecimal

<CELL_ID> CELL_ID, hexadecimal

Example

AT$MYLACID

$MYLACID: 2543,a85d

OK

Query the current location of the user.

27.10 AT$MYCGED–Querying Current Channel, RX

Power and TX Power

To query current channel, RX power and TX power.

This command is used only for modules that support GSM900/1800.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT$MYCGED<CR>

<CR><LF>$MYCGED: <Channel>,<Rx power>,<Tx

power>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<channel> channel

<rx power> RX power, unit dBm

<tx power> TX power, unit dBm

Page 266: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 27 Other AT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 266

Example

AT$MYCGED

$MYCGED: 48,-75,25

OK

The current channel is 48, RX power is -75 dBm, and TX power is 25dBm.

AT$MYCGED

$MYCGED: 48,-44,-1

OK

The current channel is 48, RX power is -44 dBm, and no TX power.

27.11 AT$MYSYSINFO–Querying or Locking the Network

Mode

To query or lock the network mode.

When the network mode is set to any non-AUTO mode, the module will automatically check the

network status.

⚫ If the module registers a network, it will determine whether the network is the mode set by the

command. The module will switch to the set network if the registered network is not the mode set

by the command.

⚫ If the module fails to register any network within interval set by $MYNETAUTO, the module will

automatically switch to the AUTO mode.

Format

Type Command Response

Set AT$MYSYSINFO=<SysMode><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Execute AT$MYSYSINFO<CR <CR><LF>$MYSYSINFO: <Sys_Mode>,<mnc>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Test AT$MYSYSINFO=?<CR>

<CR><LF>$MYSYSINFO: value range of

<SysMode>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Page 267: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 27 Other AT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 267

Parameter

<Sys_Mode> Network mode

0: No service

2: 2G (including GSM, EDGE, CDMA)

3: 3G (including WCDMA, TD-SCDMA, EVDO)

4: 4G (including FDD-LTE, TDD-LTE)

5: 2G+3G (including GSM,EDGE,CDMA,WCDMA,TD-SCDMA,EVDO)

6: 2G+4G (including GSM,EDGE,CDMA,FDD-LTE,TDD-LTE)

7: 3G+4G (including WCDMA,TD-SCDMA,EVDO,FDD-LTE,TDD-LTE)

<mnc> Network carrier code

00: Fail to register

01: China Mobile

02: China Unicom

03: China Telecom

04: Unknown

Example

AT$MYSYSINFO

$MYSYSINFO: 4,01

OK

The module registered to the 4G network of China

Mobile.

AT$MYSYSINFO=1

OK

Set network mode to auto.

AT$MYSYSINFO=?

$MYSYSINFO: 1-7

OK

Query the value range of the parameter.

27.12 AT$MYSYSINFOURC–Enabling/Disabling Network

Mode Report

To enable/disable the network mode report of the module.

Format

Type Command Response

Set AT$MYSYSINFOURC=<ONOFF><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT$MYSYSINFOURC?<CR> <CR><LF>$MYSYSINFOURC: <ONOFF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Page 268: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 27 Other AT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 268

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<ONOFF> integer type

0: Disable network status report (default)

1: Enable network status report

Example

AT$MYSYSINFOURC=1

OK

27.13 AT$MYURCSYSINFO–Enabling/Disabling Network

Mode Report

To enable/disable the network mode report of the module.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT$MYURCSYSINFO=<ONOFF><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT$MYURCSYSINFO?<CR> <CR><LF>$MYURCSYSINFO: <ONOFF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<ONOFF> integer type

0: Disable network status report (default)

1: Enable network status report

Page 269: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 27 Other AT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 269

Example

AT$MYURCSYSINFO=1

OK

27.14 AT$MYURCSYSINFO–Unsolicited Network Mode

Report

Unsolicited network mode report.

Format

Type Command

Unsolicited report <CR><LF>$MYURCSYSINFO: <SysMode>,<mnc><CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<SysMode> Network mode

0: No service

2: 2G (including GSM, EDGE, CDMA)

3: 3G (including WCDMA, TD-SCDMA, EVDO)

4: 4G (including FDD-LTE, TDD-LTE)

<mnc> Network carrier code

00: Fail to register

01: China Mobile

02: China Unicom

03: China Telecom

Example

AT$MYSYSINFOURC=1

OK

$MYURCSYSINFO: 3,01

The module registered the 3G network of China Mobile.

Page 270: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 27 Other AT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 270

27.15 AT$MYNETINFO–Setting Network Mode Choices

To set network mode choices.

When the network mode is set to any non-AUTO mode, the module will automatically check the

network status.

⚫ If the module registers a network, it will determine whether the network is the mode set by the

command. The module will switch to the set network if the registered network is not the mode set

by the command.

⚫ If the module fails to register any network within interval set by $MYNETAUTO, the module will

automatically switch to the AUTO mode.

Format

Type Command Response

Set AT$MYNETINFO=<mode><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR:<err><CR><LF>

Query AT$MYNETINFO?<CR> <CR><LF>$MYNETINFO: <mode>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Test AT$MYNETINFO=?<CR>

<CR><LF>$MYNETINFO: (list of

supported<mode>s)

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<mode> Network mode

1: AUTO

2: 2G (including GSM, EDGE, CDMA)

3: 3G (including WCDMA, TD-SCDMA, EVDO)

4: 4G (including FDD-LTE, TDD-LTE)

5: 2G+3G (including GSM, EDGE, CDMA, WCDMA, TD-SCDMA, EVDO)

6: 2G+4G (including GSM, EDGE, CDMA, FDD-LTE, TDD-LTE)

7: 3G+4G (including WCDMA, TD-SCDMA, EVDO, FDD-LTE, TDD-LTE)

Page 271: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 27 Other AT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 271

Example

AT$MYNETINFO=0

OK

AT$MYNETINFO?

$MYNETINFO: 0

OK

AT$MYNETINFO=?

$MYNETINFO: 1-7

OK

27.16 AT+GTUMODE–TD-Enabling/Disabling TD-SCDMA

Mode

To enable or disable the TD-SCDMA mode

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+GTUMODE=<ONOFF><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT+GTUMODE?<CR> <CR><LF>+GTUMODE: <ONOFF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Test AT+GTUMODE=?<CR>

<CR><LF>+GTUMODE: (list of

supported<ONOFF>s)

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<ONOFF> 0: disable TD-SCDMA

2: enable TD-SCDMA

Example

AT+GTUMODE=0

Page 272: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 27 Other AT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 272

OK

AT+GTUMODE?

+GTUMODE: 0

OK

AT+GTUMODE=?

+GTUMODE: 0,2

OK

27.17 AT$MYNETAUTO–Enabling/Disabling the Default

AUTO Network Modes during Startup

To query the software version

Format

Type Command Response

Set AT$MYNETAUTO=<ONOFF>[,<CYCLE>]<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT$MYNETAUTO?<CR> <CR><LF>+GTUMODE: <ONOFF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<ONOFF> 0: Disable the default AUTO network modes during startup

1: Enable the default AUTO network modes during startup

<CYCLE> the period that the module restores to auto mode after the network mode is

locked and the module failed to register with the network. This value ranges 3 to

1440 minutes, 3 minutes by default.

Example

AT$MYNETAUTO=0

OK

AT$MYNETAUTO?

$MYNETAUTO: 0,3

OK

Page 273: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 27 Other AT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 273

27.18 AT^SYSCONFIG–Setting Network Mode Choices

To set network mode choices.

Format

Type Command Response

Set AT^SYSCONFIG=<mode>,<acqorder

>,<roam>,<srvdomain><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT^SYSCONFIG?<CR>

<CR><LF>^SYSCONFIG:<mode>,<acqorder>,<

roam>,<srvdomain><CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<mode> Network mode

2: AUTO

13: GSM

14: WCDMA

15: TD-SCDMA

16: No change

17: LTE

18: GSM/TDS-CDMA

19: GSM/LTE

20: TDS-CDMA/LTE

21: GSM/WCDMA

22: TDS-CDMA/WCDMA

23: WCDMA/LTE

24: TDS-CDMA/GSM/LTE

25: TDS-CDMA/WCDMA/LTE

26: TDS-CDMA/WCDMA/GSM

27: WCDMA/GSM/LTE

28: others (this value cannot be set but can be queried)

<acqorder> Network access order

0: AUTO

1: GSM, TD-SCDMA, LTE

Page 274: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 27 Other AT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 274

2: TD-SCDMA, GSM, LTE

3: No change

4: GSM, LTE, TD-SCDMA

5: TD-SCDMA, LTE, GSM

6: LTE, TD-SCDMA, GSM

7: LTE, GSM, TD-SCDMA

8: GSM, WCDMA, LTE

9: WCDMA, GSM, LTE

10: GSM, LTE, WCDMA

11: WCDMA, LTE, GSM

12: LTE, WCDMA, GSM

13: LTE, GSM, WCDMA

14: TD-SCDMA, WCDMA, LTE

15: WCDMA, TD-SCDMA, LTE

16: TD, LTE, WCDMA

17: WCDMA, LTE, TD-SCDMA

18: LTE, WCDMA, TD-SCDMA

19: LTE, TD-SCDMA, WCDMA

20: TD-SCDMA, WCDMA, GSM

21: WCDMA, TD-SCDMA, GSM

22: TD-SCDMA, GSM, WCDMA

23: WCDMA, GSM, TD-SCDMA

24: GSM, WCDMA, TD-SCDMA

25: GSM, TD-SCDMA, WCDMA

<roam> Roam

0: Not support

1: Roam

2: No change

<srvdomain> Domain setting

0: CS_ONLY

1: PS_ONLY

2: CS_PS

3: ANY

4: No change

Example

AT^SYSCONFIG=13,2,1,2

OK set system configurations.

AT^SYSCONFIG?

^SYSCONFIG: 2,2,0,2

OK

Query system configurarions.

Page 275: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 27 Other AT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 275

27.19 AT^SYSINFO–Obtaining System Information

To obtain system information.

Format

Type Command Response

Set AT^SYSINFO<CR>

<CR><LF>^SYSINFO: <srv_status>,<srv_domain>,

<roam_status>,<sys_mode>,<sim_state>

[,[<reserve>],<sys_submode>] <CR><LF>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<srv_status> 0: No service

1: Limited service

2: Service

3: Service with area limit

4: power saving

<srv_domain> 0: No service

1: CS only

2: PS only

3: PS + CS

4: EPS service

<roam_status> 0: Non-roaming

1: Roaming

<sys_mode> 0: No service

1: AMPS mode

2: CDMA mode

3: GSM mode

4: EVDO mode or TDS mode

5: WCDMA mode

6: GPS mode

7: GSM and WCDMA mode

8: CDMA Hybrid mode

9: LTE mode

10: GSM, WCDMA, and LTE mode

<sim_state> 0: invalid

Page 276: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 27 Other AT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 276

1: valid

255: No SIM card or PIN code is required

<reserve> Reserved field

<sys_submode> System sub mode

0: No service

1: GSM mode

2: GPRS mode

3: EDGE mode

4: WCDMA mode

5: HSDPA mode

6: HSUPA mode

7: HSUPA and HSDPA mode

8: TD-SCDMA mode

9: TDD_SUBACT

10: FDD_SUBACT

Example

AT^SYSINFO

^SYSINFO: 2,3,0,4,1

OK

27.20 AT+XISP–Selecting Internal or External Protocol

Stack

To select internal or external protocol stack.

To use external protocol stack, send AT+XISP=1 to set before using.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+XISP=<n><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT+XISP?<CR> <CR><LF>+XISP: <n>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Page 277: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 27 Other AT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 277

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<n> 0: Select internal TCP/IP protocol stack (default)

1: Select external protocol stack

Example

AT+XISP=0

OK

Specify internal protocol stack.

AT+XISP?

+XISP: 0

OK

Query which protocol stack is used.

Internal protocol stack is used.

27.21 AT+NRSP–Querying RSRP, RSRQ, SINR of Cells

in a Neighbor of a Serving Cell on LTE Network

To query RSRP, RSRQ, SINR in a neighbor of LTE cell.

This command is valid only on LTE networks.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+NRSP<CR> <CR><LF>+NRSP: <rsrp1>,<rsrq1>,<rsrp2>,<rsrq2>,…,<sinr>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<rsrpN> Reference Signal Received Power, the unit is 0.1 dBm. It is valid only on LTE

networks. N is the number of cells in a neighbor of the serving cell. The maximum

Page 278: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 27 Other AT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 278

value of N is 8:

<rsrp1>,<rsrq1>,<rsrp2>,<rsrq2>,…, <rsrpN>,<rsrqN>

<rsrqN> Reference Signal Received Quality, the unit is 0.1 dBm. It is valid only on LTE

networks. N is the number of cells in a neighbor of the serving cell:

<rsrp1>,<rsrq1>,<rsrp2>,<rsrq2>,…, <rsrpN>,<rsrqN>

<sinr> Signal-to-Interface plus Noise Ratio. The value is 10 times of actual SINR. It is

valid only on LTE networks.

Example

AT+NRSP

+NRSP:

-1093,-115,-1054,-118,-1117,-181,-1109,-172,-1166,-200,-1231,-200,107

OK

27.22 AT$MYANTAUX–Controlling Divergent Antenna

To control the divergent antenna of the 4G module

This command is available in the V003 and later versions.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT$MYANTAUX=<mode><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT$MYANTAUX?<CR> <CR><LF>$MYANTAUX: <mode>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<mode> 0: disable the divergent antenna

1: enable the divergent antenna

Page 279: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 27 Other AT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 279

Example

AT$MYANTAUX=0

OK Disable the divergent antenna of the module.

AT$MYANTAUX?

$MYANTAUX: 1

OK

Disable the divergent antenna of the module.

27.23 AT+NETMSG–Querying Network Registration

Information

To query network registration information.

This command works only after the module is registered with a network.

For HDR only, <LAC>,<CELL_ID>, and <BSIC> do not exist.

The value of <TA> is valid only when the module is in a GSM call or transmitting or receiving GPRS

data.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+NETMSG<CR>

+NETMSG: <MCC+MNC>, [<LAC>/<SID>/<TAC>],

[<CELL_ID>/<NID>],

[<BSIC>/<BID>/<Phy_cellid>/<PSC>], <BAND>,

<ARFCN>, <RX_dBm>, <TX_dBm>, <net_mode>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<MCC+MNC> MCC: Mobile Country Code, decimal

MNC: Mobile Network Code, decimal

[<LAC>/<SID>/<TAC>] Location Area Code, hexadecimal

SID on CDMA1X networks

TAC on LTE networks

Page 280: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 27 Other AT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 280

[<CELL_ID>/<NID>] cell ID, hexadecimal

NID on CDMA1X networks; CELL_ID on other networks.

[<BSIC>/<BID>/<Phy_cellid>/<PSC>] BSIC on GSM network, decimal;

BID on CDMA1X networks, hexadecimal;

PSC on WCDMA networks, decimal;

Phy_cellid on LTE networks, decimal;

NULL on other networks

<BAND> Current operating band

CDMA BC0

...

CDMA BC19

GSM 850

GSM 900

GSM 1800

GSM 1900

WCDMA 2100

WCDMA 1900

WCDMA 1800

WCDMA 1700 US

WCDMA 850

WCDMA 800

WCDMA 2600

WCDMA 900

WCDMA 1700 JAPAN

WCDMA 1500

WCDMA 850 JAPAN

LTE BAND 1

LTE BAND 43

TDSCDMA BAND A

...

TDSCDMA BAND F

<ARFCN> absolute radio-frequency channel number

<RX_dBm> RX power, unit: dBm (199 indicates invalid)

<TX_dBm> TX power, unit: dBm (199 indicates invalid)

<net_mode> mode of network registered with

NONE

CDMA1X

CDMA1X and HDR

CDMA1X and EHRPD

CDMA1X and LTE

HDR

HDR REV0

HDR REVA

HDR REVB

HDR EMPA EHRPD

Page 281: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 27 Other AT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 281

HDR MMPA EHRPD

GSM

GPRS

EDGE

WCDMA

TDSCDMA

HSDPA

HSUPA

HSDPA and HSUPA

HSDPA+

HSDPA+ and HSUPA

DC HSDPA+

DC HSDPA+ and HSUPA

64QAM HSDPA+

64QAM HSDPA+ and HSUPA

DC HSDPA+ and DC HSUPA

TDD LTE

FDD LTE

Example

AT+NETMSG

+NETMSG: "460+01", 2545, 061C7E15, 164, LTE BAND

3, 1650, -60, 199, "FDD LTE"

OK

Query the details used to register the network.

AT+NETMSG

+NETMSG: "460+01", 2543, 0000AB13, 34, GSM 1800,

657, -59, 30, "EDGE"

OK

Query the details used to register the network.

AT+NETMSG

+NETMSG: "460+01", A547, 01EB68D1, 263, WCDM 2100,

10713, -58, 199, "HSDPA and HSUPA"

OK

Query the details used to register the network.

AT+NETMSG

+NETMSG: "0", 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, "NONE"

OK

The module has not been registered with any network

or the network encountered abnormalities.

27.24 AT+NETSEL–Setting Network Mode

To set the mode of network to be registered with.

After specifying the mode of the network to be registered with, the module will not search for other

networks.

Page 282: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 27 Other AT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 282

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+NETSEL =<mode><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR:<err><CR><LF>

Query AT+NETSEL?<CR> <CR><LF>+NETSEL: <mode>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Test AT+NETSEL=?<CR> <CR><LF>+NETSEL (list of supported <mode>s)

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<mode> Network mode

0:AUTO

1: GSM

2: CDMA

3: EVDO

4: TDS

5: WCDMA

6:TDD-LTE

7:FDD-LTE

8: LTE

9: CDMA/EVDO

10: CDMA/EVDO/LTE

11: CDMA/LTE

12: CDMA/WCDMA/LTE

13: CDMA/GSM

14: GSM/LTE

15: GSM/WCDMA

16: GWL

17: TDS/GSM

18: CDMA/GSM/LTE

19: EVDO/GSM/LTE

20: EVDO/LTE

21: EVDO/WCDMA/LTE

22: CDMA/EVDO/GSM

23: CDMA/GSM/WCDMA

24: TDS/GSM/WCDMA/LTE

Page 283: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 27 Other AT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 283

25: TDS/GSM/WCDMA

26: CDMA/EVDO/GSM/WCDMA

27: WCDMA/LTE

28: TDS/LTE

29: TDS/GSM/LTE

30: TDS/WCDMA

31: TDS/WCDMA/LTE

32: CDMA/EVDO/GSM/TDS/LTE

33: CDMA/EVDO/GSM/WCDMA/TDS

34: CDMA/GSM/TDS/WCDMA

35: CDMA/EVDO/GSM/LTE

36: CDMA/GSM/WCDMA/LTE

37: EVDO/TDS/WCDMA

38: EVDO/TDS/WCDMA/LTE

39: CDMA/EVDO/GSM/WCDMA/LTE

Example

AT+NETSEL =0

OK

AT+NETSEL?

+NETSEL: 0

OK

AT+NETSEL=?

+NETSEL: 0-39

OK

27.25 AT+NETDMSG–Querying Network Registration

Information

To query the network registration information.

This command works only after the module is registered with a network.

<TA> is valid only when the module is in GSM communication or GPRS data receiving/sending status.

On a 3GPP network, there will be valid values in the fields of LAC, CELL_ID, and BSIC and the value

in the SID, NID, and BID fields is 0.

On a CDMA1X network, there will be valid values in the fields of SID, NID, and BID and the value in

the LAC, CELL_ID, and BSIC fields is 0. For HDR only, the values in the SID, NID, and BID fields is 0.

For HDR only, <LAC>,<CELL_ID>, and <BSIC> do not exist

RX power, RSRQ, and SINR are valid only on LTE networks.

Page 284: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 27 Other AT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 284

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+NETDMSG

+NETDMSG:<MCC+MNC>,[<LAC>/<TAC>],<CELL_ID>,

[<BSIC>/<Phy_cellid>/<PSC>],<net_mode>,<BAND>,

<ARFCN>,<RX_dBm>,<TX_dBm>,<SID>,<NID>,<BID>,

<RSRP>,<RSRQ>,<SINR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<MCC+MNC> Mobile Country Code + Mobile Network + Code

[<LAC>/<TAC>] Location Area Code/Tracking Area Code, valid for LTE

[<CELL_ID>] Cell ID

[<BSIC>/<Phy_c

ellid>/<PSC>]

Base Station Identity Code/Physical Cell ID of LTE networks/Main cell code of

WCDMA networks

<net_mode> NONE

CDMA1X

CDMA1X and HDR

CDMA1X and LTE

CDMA1X and EHRPD

HDR

HDR REV0

HDR REVA

HDR REVB

HDR EMPA EHRPD

HDR MMPA EHRPD

GSM

GPRS

EDGE

WCDMA

TDSCDMA

HSDPA

HSUPA

HSDPA and HSUPA

HSDPA+

HSDPA+ and HSUPA

Page 285: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 27 Other AT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 285

DC HSDPA+

DC HSDPA+ and HSUPA

64QAM HSDPA+

64QAM HSDPA+ and HSUPA

DC HSDPA+ and DC HSUPA

TDD LTE

FDD LTE

<BAND> Network Bands

CDMA BC0

...

CDMA BC19

GSM 850

GSM 900

GSM 1800

GSM 1900

WCDMA 2100

WCDMA 1900

WCDMA 1800

WCDMA 1700 US

WCDMA 850

WCDMA 800

WCDMA 2600

WCDMA 900

WCDMA 1700 JAPAN

WCDMA 1500

WCDMA 850 JAPAN

LTE BAND 1

LTE BAND 43

TDSCDMA BAND A

TDSCDMA BAND B

TDSCDMA BAND C

TDSCDMA BAND D

TDSCDMA BAND E

TDSCDMA BAND F

<ARFCN> Absolute Radio-Frequency Channel Number

<RX dBm> Absolute Radio-Frequency Channel Number

<TX dBm> TX power, 199 indicates invalid

<SID> TX power, 199 indicates invalid

<NID> Network Identity Number on a CDMA1X network

<BID> BID on a CDMA1X network

<RSRP> Reference Signal Received Power, unit 0.1 dBm, valid on an LTE network

<RSRQ> Reference Signal Received Quality, unit 0.1 dB, valid on an LTE network

<SINR> Signal-to-Interference-Plus-Noise Ratio, unit 0.1 dB, valid on an LTE network.

Page 286: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 27 Other AT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 286

Example

AT+NETDMSG

+NETDMSG: "460+11", 0x7757, 0x077E9B30, 219,

"CDMA1X and LTE", LTE BAND 3, 1825, -58, 11, 0x0,

0x0, 0x0, -848, -83, 159

OK

Query the network registration information on an

LTE network.

AT+NETDMSG

+NETDMSG: "460+11", 0x0, 0x0, 0, "HDR REVA", CDMA

BC 0, 37, -60, 199, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0, 0, 0

OK

Query the network registration information on a

non-LTE 3GPP2 network.

AT+NETDMSG

+NETDMSG: "460+00", 0xA57B, 0x0AC1474C, 0,

"HSDPA", TDSCDMA BAND A, 10080, -69, 199, 0x0, 0x0,

0x0, 0, 0, 0

OK

Query the network registration information on a

non-LTE 3GPP network.

AT+NETDMSG

+NETDMSG: “0”,0,0,0,”NONE”,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0

OK

The module has not been registered with any network or the

network encountered abnormalities.

27.26 AT+SIMCOUNTCTL–Enabling/Disabling Statistics

on SIM Card Write

To enable/disable statistics on SIM card write.

This function is disabled bydefault and the settings by this command are not saved after the module is

powered down.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+SIMCOUNTCTL=<n><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT+SIMCOUNTCTL?<CR> <CR><LF>+SIMCOUNTCTL: <n>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Test AT+SIMCOUNTCTL=?<CR>

<CR><LF>+SIMCOUNTCTL: (value range of

supported <n>)

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Page 287: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 27 Other AT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 287

Parameter

<n> specifies whether to enable statistics on SIM card write

0: disabled (default)

1: Enable

Example

AT+SIMCOUNTCTL=0

OK Disable the statistics on SIM card write.

AT+SIMCOUNTCTL?

+SIMCOUNTCTL: 0

OK

Query the setting of the statistics on SIM card write.

AT+SIMCOUNTCTL=?

+SIMCOUNTCTL: (0-1)

OK

Query the value range of the parameter.

27.27 AT+SIMCOUNTREAD–Reading the Statistics on

SIM Card Write

To read the statistics on SIM card write.

The statistics record is not saved after the module is powered down.

Before powering off the module, read the statistics record and save it.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+SIMCOUNTREAD=<n><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT+SIMCOUNTREAD?<CR> <CR><LF>+SIMCOUNTREAD: <count>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Test AT+SIMCOUNTREAD=?<CR>

<CR><LF>+SIMCOUNTREAD: (value range of

supported <count>)

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Page 288: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 27 Other AT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 288

Parameter

<n> specifies the operation.

0: read the current statistics on SIM card write (default).

1: erase the statistics record.

Example

AT+SIMCOUNTREAD=0

+SIMCOUNTREAD: 13

OK

Read the statistics on SIM card write.

The module wrote to the SIM card for 13 times.

AT+SIMCOUNTREAD

+SIMCOUNTREAD: 13

OK

The module wrote to the SIM card for 13 times.

AT+SIMCOUNTREAD=1

OK

AT+SIMCOUNTREAD=0

+SIMCOUNTREAD: 0

OK

Erase the statistics record.

AT+SIMCOUNTREAD?

OK Query the setting.

AT+SIMCOUNTREAD=?

+ SIMCOUNTREAD: (0-1)

OK

Query the value range of the parameter.

27.28 AT+READADC–Reading ADC Value

To read the value from pins corresponding to the three ADC channels.

Refer to the pin description in hardware user guide.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+READADC=<channel><CR>

<CR><LF>+READADC: <channel>,<value>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Page 289: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 27 Other AT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 289

Parameter

<channel> Integer, ranges from 1 to 2, which indicate two ADC channels

Example

AT+READADC=1

+READADC: 1,53

OK

To read the value from the pin corresponding to ADC 1

AT+READADC=2

+READADC:2,3244

OK

Read the value from the pin corresponding to ADC 2.

AT+READADC=3

ERROR

The parameter value is invalid.

27.29 AT+SIMHOTSWAP–Setting SIM Card Hotswap

To enable hotswap of SIM card.

This function must be supported by hardware.

The setting takes effect immediately after the command is executed.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+SIMHOTSWAP=<onoff><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT+SIMHOTSWAP? <CR><LF>+SIMHOTSWAP: <onoff>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<onoff> 0: Disable

1: Enable

Page 290: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 27 Other AT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 290

Example

AT+SIMHOTSWAP=0

OK

Disable hotswap of SIM card.

AT+SIMHOTSWAP=1

OK

Enable hotswap of SIM card.

AT+SIMHOTSWAP?

+SIMHOTSWAP: 1

OK

Query the hotswap status.

27.30 AT+MYDATAONLY–Disabling CS Services

To disable voice call and SMS message services.

The setting of this command takes effect after the module is restarted.

The setting is invalid on LTE networks.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+MYDATAONLY=<onoff><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT+MYDATAONLY?<CR> <CR><LF>+MYDATAONLY: <onoff>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<onoff> 0: On

1: OFF

Example

AT+MYDATAONLY=0

OK

Enable voice call and SMS message services

AT+MYDATAONLY=1 Disable voice call and SMS message services

Page 291: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 27 Other AT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 291

OK

AT+MYDATAONLY?

+MYDATAONLY: 1

OK

Query the status of voice call service

27.31 AT+BANDLOCK–Locking to Band

To lock to a frequency band.

The network mode will change as a frequency band is locked. E.g. the network mode will change to

LTE ONLY after locking to LTE_B1.

The frequency band setting will restore to auto mode if other network mode command is issued.

If no frequency band is locked, NONE will be returned when issuing AT+BANDLOCK? To query

frequency band locked.

If the network mode is set to AUTO mode by other command, frequency band locking will expire after

the module is restarted. The setting by this command will be saved after the module is powered off if

no other command is issued to enable AUTO mode.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+BANDLOCK=<band_string><CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT+BANDLOCK?<CR><CR>

<CR><LF>+BANDLOCK: <band_string>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>+BANDLOCK:NONE

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Test AT+BANDLOCK=?<CR> <CR><LF>+BANDLOCK: <band_string_list>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Page 292: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 27 Other AT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 292

Parameter

<band_string> band in string type. The value can be any band that the hardware supports. Issue

a query command before locking to a frequency band to check the band

supported.

<band_string_list> List of frequency band supported

Example

AT+BANDLOCK=?

+BANDLOCK:

CDMA_BC0,GSM_900,GSM_1800,WCDMA_2100,WCDMA_900,TDSCDMA_

B34,TDSCDMA_B39,LTE_B1,LTE_B3,LTE_B5,LTE_B8,LTE_B38,LTE

_B39,LTE_B40,LTE_B41,AUTO

OK

Query the frequency bands supported.

AT+BANDLOCK=LTE_B1

OK

Lock to LTE_B1.

AT+BANDLOCK?

+BANDLOCK: LTE_B1

OK

Query the frequency band locked to.

AT+BANDLOCK=AUTO

OK

Restore to auto frequency band mode.

27.32 AT+NBANDLOCK–Locking Multiple Bands

To clock one and more frequency bands.

Format

Type Command Response

Set AT+NBANDLOCK=<mode>[,<3GPP

_Bands>][,<3GPP2_Bands>]<CR>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>+NBANDLOCK:

<mode>,<SupportBandlist>

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>+NBANDLOCK: <err><CR><LF>

Query AT+NBANDLOCK?<CR>

<CR><LF>+NBANDLOCK: <mode>,<Bandlist>

<CR><LF>+NBANDLOCK: <mode>,<Bandlist>

<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>+NBANDLOCK: NONE

Page 293: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 27 Other AT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 293

<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Test AT+NBANDLOCK=?<CR>

<CR><LF>+NBANDLOCK: (list of

support<mode>s),(list of support

<LTE_BAND>s),(list of support <GSM_BAND>s)

<CR><LF><CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Parameter

<Mode> Lock mode

0: Unlock all bands

1: Lock LTE frequency bands

2: Lock TDS frequency bands

3: Lock WCDMA frequency bands

4: lock GSM/EDGE frequency bands

5: lock CDMA frequency bands

<LTE_Bands> frequency bands supported by 3GPP protocol, displayed and input in

hexadecimal format

<GSM_Bands> frequency bands supported by GSM protocol, displayed and input in

hexadecimal format

Each bit indicates a band. 0 indicates disabled and 1 indicates enabled. For

details about the match between bit and band, see the Appendix.

Example

AT+NBANDLOCK=1,1

OK

Lock LTE BAND1.

AT+NBANDLOCK=3,1

OK

Lock WCDMA BAND1.

AT+NBANDLOCK?

+NBANDLOCK: 1,0x1

+NBANDLOCK: 2,0x0

+NBANDLOCK: 3,0x0

OK

Query the status of band locked.

LTE BAND1 and WCDMA BAND1 are locked.

GSM bands are not locked.

AT+NBANDLOCK=?

+NBANDLOCK: 1,0x15

+NBANDLOCK: 2,0x0

+NBANDLOCK: 3,0x0

Query frequency band locked.

Convert 0x1e0080800d5 to 11100000000001000000010000000000011010101;

it indicates that the module supports LTE_B1, LTE_B3, LTE_B5, LTE_B7,

LTE_B8, LTE_B20, LTE_B28, BLTE_B38, LTE_B39, LTE_B40, and LTE_B41.

Convert 0xec into 11101100; it indicates that the module supports GSM_900P,

GSM_900E, GSM_850, GSM_1800, and GSM1900.

Page 294: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 27 Other AT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 294

OK

⚫ After frequency bands are locked through this AT command, the network mode changes. For

example, the network mode becomes LTE ONLY if you lock the frequency band to LTE B1.

⚫ BANDLOCK and NBANDLOCK is prior to other commands to set network mode.

⚫ The frequency band setting will restore to auto mode if other network mode command is issued.

⚫ If not band is locked, NONE is returned to AT+NBANDLOCK?.

⚫ If the network mode is set to AUTO mode by other command, frequency band locking will expire

after the module is restarted. The setting by this command will be saved after the module is powered

off if no other command is issued to enable AUTO mode.

⚫ For the band settings, see Appendix B Support Band List.

27.33 AT+NSIMLOCK–Locking SIM

To lock SIM based on PLMN.

A SIM card can be locked to at most 20 PLMNs. +CME ERROR: PLMN MAX is returned after the

command times out.

Format

Type Command Response

Execute AT+NSIMLOCK=<ind>[<plmn>]<CR

<CR><LF>OK<CR><LF>

Or

<CR><LF>ERROR<CR><LF>

Query AT+NSIMLOCK? <CR><LF>+NSIMLOCK: <ind>< plmn><CR><LF>

OK <CR><LF>

Test AT+NSIMLOCK=?

<CR><LF>+NSIMLOCK: (value range of supported

<ind>)<CR><LF>

OK <CR><LF>

Timeout

The command times out if the module does not respond in 300 ms.

Page 295: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 27 Other AT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 295

Parameter

<ind> lock switch

0: unlock

1: lock

<plmn> PLMN that is locked

Example

AT+NSIMLOCK=1,"46001","46004"

OK Lock the SIM to PLMN46001 and 46004.

AT+ NSIMLOCK =?

(0-1)

OK

Query the value range of the parameter.

AT+ NSIMLOCK?

+NSIMLOCK: 1,"46001","46004"

OK

Query the PLMN that the SIM is locked to.

AT+ NSIMLOCK=0

OK Unlock SIM.

Page 296: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 27 Other AT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 296

A Reference Process of AT Command

Programming

A.1 Content of PDU SMS Messages

<PDU> SMS message sending format:

1>: 0891

08: indicates the length of the SMSC address information

91: indicates the format of the SMSC address

2>: Inversion of every two bits (add F if the bits are not sufficient) in SMSC number, fixed. For

example, China Unicom 8613010888500 should be 683108705505F0 here.

3>: 0100

01: Indicates basic parameters

00: indicates message baseline value

4>: Convert the receiving number into hexadecimal. For example, the number length is 11 bits and

then the hexadecimal length should be 0B.

5>: 81 (Receiving mode) there are multiple receiving modes. 81 indicates that the receiving mode is

unknown.

6>: Inversion of every two bits (add F if the bits are not sufficient) in the recipient number. For

example, 13421839693 should be 3124819396F3 after conversion.

7>: 0008

8>: The hexadecimal length of the SMS message content. For example, the UCS2 code of hello is

00080A00680065006C006C006F, that is 10 bits and the hexadecimal length is 0A.

9>: Message content, for example, the USC2 code of hello is 00080A00680065006C006C006F.

One PDU message contains the above 9 parts and the parameter values are determined by the actual

situation.

If the SMSC address length is 0, replace 08 with 00 and the SMSC type and address fields must be omitted.

The following is an example of the PDU message whose SMSC address length is not 0:

Page 297: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 27 Other AT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 297

0891683110808805F001000B813124819396F300080A00680065006C006C006F

Wherein,

0891

683108705505F0: SMSC number of China Unicom

0100

0B: the length of the recipient number

81: Receiving mode

3124819396F3: The number of recipient

0008

0A: The length of the content

00680065006C006C006F: SMS message content

Message content: hello

The SMS message content starts from 0100, so the value of LENGTH in AT+CMGS=LENGTH is 23.

The following is an example of the PDU message whose SMSC address length is 0:

0001000B813124819396F300080A00680065006C006C006F

Wherein,

00: SMSC address information length

SMSC number is not needed.

0100

0B: the length of the recipient number

81: Receiving mode

3124819396F3: The number of recipient

0008

0A: The length of the content

00680065006C006C006F: SMS message content

SMS message content: hello

The SMS message content starts from 0100, so the value of LENGTH in AT+CMGS=LENGTH is 23.

Page 298: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 27 Other AT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 298

A.2 Flowchart of Sending Text SMS Messages (Through

UART)

Figure A-1 Flowchart of sending text format SMS messages

End

Enter Shenzhen Neoway

Technology and press

Ctrl+Z (character 0x1A) to

send the message.

Press Enter. After the >

symbol is displayed, you

input the message.

Successfully

Set the text mode

AT+CMGF=1

OK

Configure the TE character set

AT+CSCS= GSM

OK

Send an SMS message.

AT+CMGS="13430981508"

>

Content of the message to be

sent.

Shenzhen Neoway Technology

Return value

+CMGS: 116

OK

Page 299: AT Commands Manual

N75 AT Commands Manual

Chapter 27 Other AT Commands

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 299

A.3 Flowchart of Sending PDU SMS Messages (Through

UART)

Figure A-2 Flowchart of Sending PDU SMS messages

End

Input message

content, which is

encoded in PDU mode

and sent by pressing

Ctrl+Z (0x1A).

The length of the

SMS messages is

23 bytes in PDU

mode.

Successfully

Content of the message to be

sent

0891683110808805F001000B813

124819396F300080A0068006500

6C006C006F

Return value

+CMGS: 117

OK

Send an SMS message.

AT+CMGS=23<CR>

>

Configure TE character set.

AT+CSCS= UCS2

OK

Set the PDU mode.

AT+CMGF=0

OK

Page 300: AT Commands Manual

Neoway Confidential

N75 AT Commands Manual

B Support Band List

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 300

B Support Band List

C/G/W Band Name Bit HEX Band Mask LTE Band Name Bit HEX Band Mask

CDMA BC0 1&2 3 EUTRAN_BAND1 1 1

CDMA BC1 3 4 EUTRAN_BAND2 2 2

GSM 850 20 80000 EUTRAN_BAND3 3 4

EGSM 900 9 100 EUTRAN_BAND4 4 8

PGSM 900 10 200 EUTRAN_BAND5 5 10

DCS 1800 8 80 EUTRAN_BAND6 6 20

PCS 1900 22 200000 EUTRAN_BAND7 7 40

GSM Railway 900 21 100000 EUTRAN_BAND8 8 80

GSM 450 17 10000 EUTRAN_BAND9 9 100

GSM 480 18 20000 EUTRAN_BAND10 10 200

GSM 750 19 40000 EUTRAN_BAND11 11 400

IMT 2000(W B1) 23 400000 EUTRAN_BAND12 12 800

PCS 1800(W B2) 24 800000 EUTRAN_BAND13 13 1000

III 1700(W B3) 25 1000000 EUTRAN_BAND14 14 2000

IV 1700 (W B4) 26 2000000 EUTRAN_BAND17 17 10000

V 850 (W B5) 27 4000000 EUTRAN_BAND33 33 100000000

VI 800 (W B6) 28 8000000 EUTRAN_BAND34 34 200000000

VII 2600(W B7) 49 1000000000000 EUTRAN_BAND35 35 400000000

VIII 900(W B8) 50 2000000000000 EUTRAN_BAND36 36 800000000

IX 1700 (W B9) 51 4000000000000 EUTRAN_BAND37 37 1000000000

XIX 800 (W B10) 61 1000000000000000 EUTRAN_BAND38 38 2000000000

XI 950 (W B11) 62 2000000000000000 EUTRAN_BAND39 39 4000000000

TDS Band Name Bit HEX Band Mask EUTRAN_BAND40 40 8000000000

B34 1 1 EUTRAN_BAND41 41 10000000000

B39 6 20 EUTRAN_BAND42 42 20000000000

B40 5 10 EUTRAN_BAND43 43 40000000000

NV Define EUTRAN_BAND44 44 80000000000

Page 301: AT Commands Manual

Neoway Confidential

N75 AT Commands Manual

B Support Band List

Copyright © Neoway Technology Co., Ltd 301

Band Config CGW 1877 EUTRAN_BAND65 51 4000000000000

Band Config LTE 6828 EUTRAN_BAND66 52 8000000000000

Band Config TDS 22605 EUTRAN_BAND71 60 800000000000000

Band PREF CGW 441/946/2954 EUTRAN_BAND252 61 1000000000000000

Band PREF LTE 65633 EUTRAN_BAND253 62 2000000000000000

Band PREF TDS EFS:tds_bandpref EUTRAN_BAND255 64 8000000000000000